firstinstudyguide.com...volume 11 2019 © tim fordham 3 chapter 1 – wildland firefighting...

453
VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 1 GENERAL OPERATIONS 11

Upload: others

Post on 15-Aug-2020

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

1

GENERAL OPERATIONS

11

Page 2: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chapter 1 – Wildland Firefighting

Chapter 2 – Hazardous Materials Procedures

Chapter 3 – High Rise

Chapter 4 – Urban Search and Rescue

Chapter 5 – Civil Disturbances

Chapter 6 – Mass Transit System Procedures

Chapter 7 – Water Rescue

Chapter 8 – Earthquake Procedures

Chapter 9 – Environmental Emergencies

Chapter 10 – Terrorism Procedures

Page 3: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

3

CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING

11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94

• The first arriving Company Officer is

responsible for: (6)

1. reporting initial size up to C&C and

responding units

2. initiating the ICS system

3. taking necessary action

4. Requesting additional resources

5. providing for personnel safety

6. making a helispot assignment.

• The safety officer has the authority to ______,

_________, or terminate any activity which he

may judge unsafe

alter, suspend

• Who provides the safety message for the

Incident Action Plan.

The Safety Officer

Company Officer's and Unit Supervisors are

responsible for reporting "Holding, _____ mile

out"

Page 4: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

4

1/4

When dealing with wildland fire incidents, the

priorities of the LACO are: (3)

1. Protection of life

2. Incident Stabilization

3. Property/environment protection &

conservation

• Safety Briefings: During inclement fire

weather, supervisors shall conduct _______

formal safety briefings at morning line-up

daily

All single resources supervisors, personnel with

assignments and operations overhead shall

carry both _____ and _____ radio handie talkie

radios with them

Tactical and Command

• Indirect Lines: A 1 ½” progressive hoselay

shall be deployed on all constructed indirect

and direct Fireline over ___ or more on brush

fires

300’

Page 5: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

5

➢ The IC shall assign a Safety Officer as soon as

possible

• Weather Reports: The ____ shall be

responsible for broadcasting routine weather

reports or reports when significant weather

changes are predicted or anticipated.

IC

Follow up report to command and control will

include the fire’s relationship to ____ lands

SRA (State Responsibility Lands)

Interagency Fires: All Initial Action Zone

(IAZ) and Mutual Aid fires will require the use

of a common Command and ______ radio

frequency

Air to Ground

• Emergency Radio Traffic: When emergency

radio traffic is requested, a priority of

communications shall be given and “_____

“given on completion

All Clear

Page 6: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

6

• Incident Management Teams will be activated:

(3)

1. According to current Department policy

2. If ordered by the Duty Chief

3. If ordered by the Incident Management

Team I.C.

TACTICAL GUIDELINES

Jurisdictional or first in Captain will designate a

helispot location and helispot engine company

to C&C within ___ minutes of dispatch

2

• The IC shall develop an _________ plan on all

wildland fires that threaten inhabited areas

Evacuation

Unless there is an immediate exposure

protection need, first attack on wildfires will be

a ________ Operations on the fire’s flanks

Perimeter Control

Page 7: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

7

A 1 1/2” Progressive Hose Lay will be

deployed for the entire perimeter on both flanks

of a wildland fire over ____ in diameter

300’

Burning Out operations shall have the approval

of the _____________.

Division/Group supervisor

Backfiring operations requires the approval of

the ___________ or _____

Operations Section Chief (OSC)

I.C.

• The _________ at the fire origin site shall

ensure the area of origin is protected for cause

investigation

First engine

A ___________ is required around all wildland

fires

Cold Trail

➢ I.C. shall be responsible for declaring:

Knockdown, containment and control

Page 8: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

8

RESOURCE USE

• When the I.C. is requesting additional

resources, the I.C. will request by Strike Team

increments, or request "____________"

"Immediate need for closest engines"

• Crew Responsibility: Ultimate responsibility of

hand crews is to construct a __________

completely around the fire

Control line

SAFETY

A minimum safety briefing will discuss: (3)

1. Fire Orders

2. LCES

3. Watch out Situations

* In addition, personnel shall be provided

with briefing on Downhill-Indirect Line

Construction when relevant to their

operations

• All of the above safety items are contained in

the _______________

Page 9: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

9

Fireline Safety Reference, NFES 2243

• All supervising personnel shall carry written

copies of the: (4)

a) “Fire Orders”

b) “LCES”

c) “Watch Out Situations”

d) “Downhill Indirect Line Construction”

• __________ shall have spare copies of “Fire

Orders”, “LCES”, “Watch out situations”, and

“Downhill-Indirect Line Construction

guidelines available

Battalion Chiefs

• All Single Resource Supervisors and

Operations Overhead shall obtain a briefing on

the ________ plan

communications

If no safety zone exists, or the black is not a

safe location, a ____________ safety zone will

be created

constructed

Page 10: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

10

• Fly crews will report “staged” in the air above

the fire and request an assignment from the IC.

Fly crews may suggest a starting point on the

line and will indicate they have a ___________

Safety Zone

• The Pilot or Fly Crew Supervisor shall notify

the __________ when the crew is staged in the

air above the fire, and the proposed work

location of the crew before the crew is position

I.C.

Fly crews will not be landed in the safety zone

until approval is given by the ___

IC

➢ The IC and Fly Crew Supervisor will discuss

the proposed location to deploy the fly crew,

direction of travel, safety zones, and the

incident command and tactical radio

frequencies.

• Fly crews will not begin work until they have

the following. (2)

1. An approved assignment from the IC

Page 11: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

11

2. Received communications briefing

• When the Fly Crew is deployed, the IC records

crew location and working direction, on

___________________

“Brush Incident Command Worksheet”

• When the Fly crew supervisor decides it is safe

and necessary to construct undercut line, the

decision shall be reported to the ______ for

evaluation and concurrence

Immediate Supervisor

• Indirect Lines: When a decision is made to

construct an indirect line: What three things

need to be done

a) Identify location of the indirect line.

Identify a starting and stopping point for the

indirect line

b) Order adequate resources to support the

operation

c) Deploy a 1 1/2 Progressive Hose Lay on the

indirect line

Page 12: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

12

• Safety Officer: The I.C. may utilize a qualified

engine ______ or _________ as a safety Officer

Captain,

Camp Superintendent

• The ________ shall record information and

provide the safety message for IAP

Safety Officer

• Weather Reports: C & C will contact the

________ (OCC), Riverside, to obtain weather

information and any necessary forecasts

South Operations Coordination Center

The _______ or the _____ shall analyze

obtained weather information

IC

Plans Section Chief

COMMAND

• ICS Facilities: Use address, intersection,

landmark, or Thomas Bros. grid when reporting

location to C&C, during ________.

follow up report

Page 13: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

13

➢ The IC may consider moving the ICP to a

location that provides: (5)

1. An area away from tactical activities

2. Better communications

3. A safer location

4. Easy access

5. A better view of the incident

Fuel size up:

__________ - Flashy grass fuels only,

including tall grass.

__________ - Mix or grass and brush fuels,

up to 2 feet in height.

__________ - Fuel of 2 feet to 6 feet in height

__________ - Fuel over 6 feet in height

Grass, Light Fuel, Medium Fuel, Heavy

Fuel

SRA Lands: Battalion Chief shall determine

exact fire location during briefing by district

Captain, and shall check the SRA map

B.C. shall report to C&C when fire is on or

threatening _____ Lands. Notify FCC on the

_______ report

Page 14: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

14

SRA, follow up

If the fire will involve SRA lands, an _____

should be requested

Agency Representative

• When B.C. returns command to the

jurisdictional Captain, that Captain will retain

command until ____________ is complete and

all personnel have left the scene

demobilization

SUPERINTENDENTS

The first arriving superintendent will become

_______________. The second and any

additional Superintendents should be give line

assignments so an assessment of tactical

operations, crew safety, and fire activity can be

made. Also assist IC with (IAP)

crew coordinator

➢ Superintendents: Assist the IC with developing

the IAP after they have visually reviewed the

current tactical operations and fire activity.

Page 15: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

15

• Group Supervisor for defensive needs should be

given a _________ or ______ designator

Geographical

street name

UNIFIED COMMAND

➢ Unified Command

a) Determine jurisdictional boundaries to

ascertain if fire is or may soon become a

multi jurisdictional fire

b) IC request C&C to notify threatened or

involved jurisdiction agency and requests an

Agency Representative report to command

post

c) IC’s established Unified Command and co

locate Command post, as situation dictates

Once Unified Command is established the IC’s

will then

1. Brief each other on agency mission,

objectives, priorities, limitations, and

resource levels

2. IC’s establish prioritized list of incident

objectives

Page 16: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

16

3. IC’s agree on strategy, appoint one OSC

and provide briefing

4. IC’s develop a single IAP

5. IC’s establish a single point ordering system

6. IC’s stay together and jointly evaluate plan

and need to change objectives and strategy

7. IC’s work together to solve problems

• Who establishes a single ordering system

IC

INCIDENT ACTION PLAN

➢ Incident Action Plan

a) IC forecasts fire direction, rate of spread,

threat, objectives, and resources required

b) IC refers to “Battalion Wildland Pre Attach

Plans” of jurisdictions involved, to identify

planning info.

c) If IC and/or Plans Section Chief are not

familiar with local factors, local officers

should be reassigned to Command Post, to

assist planning (Operations Technical

Specialist position)

Page 17: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

17

d) IC develops Incident Action Plan based on

conditions and information

• If IC and/or Plans Section Chief are not familiar

with local factors, __________ should be

reassigned to Command Post, to assist planning

local officers

STAGING

➢ Staging: Brief Staging Manager(s):

1. Include organization

2. Travel routes to all divisions

3. Resource assignment method

4. Establish minimum resource level at staging

• Staging: Normal minimum level is ______

engine and ________

One; one crew

• ______ or ______ establishes staging area(s) as

needed

IC or OPS

COMMUNICATIONS

Page 18: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

18

• Communications - Initial Action/Mutual Aid:

Resources will be assigned a common

_________ and _________. Non Mutual Aid

Fires: All resources will operate on assigned

tactical frequency until communications plan is

announced.

Command and Air to ground radio

frequency

➢ All companies communicate with their

supervisors on Tactical Frequency

• The IC monitors _____ and ______ frequencies

TRO, Command

➢ Excessive Radio Traffic: the IC will request a

command frequency and will announce the

communications plan through C&C

• If crews are assigned to a separate tactical

frequency, _________ and _____will also be

assigned to that same frequency

Helicopters and dozers

• A second alarm wildland fire with all units

assigned and working on the incident or a

Page 19: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

19

wildland fire incident where resource requests

exceed a second alarm incident requires C&C

notify the __________________.

Incident Management Team IC

TACTICAL GUIDELINES

Captain shall contact Command and Control,

and announce engine and helispot location

within the first ____ minutes of dispatch

2 minutes

• C&C shall repeat helispot assignment over

___________ Repeater, obtain verbal

acknowledgment from affected helispot engine

and send _____________ to affected helispot

engine

blue, MDT message

➢ Assigned Helispot Engine:

1. Acknowledge Helispot Assignment

2. Verify Helispot location

3. Proceed to Helispot and set up for ff

4. Transmit information (via Tactical Radio)

to the pilot

Page 20: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

20

• Company Officer shall transmit the following

information to the pilot of the first in helicopter:

(3)

1. Wind direction and velocity

2. Wire hazards

3. Location of other aircraft in the immediate

area and any other flight hazards

EVACUATION

________ agency will implement evacuation

plan

Law enforcement

• Fire Department personnel may only ______

that residents evacuate their property

Recommend

• I.C. requests local law enforcement agency to

implement either "____________" Road

Closure or "____________" Road Closure, as

needed

Residents Only, Complete

Page 21: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

21

PERIMETER CONTROL

• Perimeter Control: If there are structures

threatened, assign equipment to a __________

with a Group Supervisor to work on structure

protection.

Structure Protection Group

• If structure protection needs have been met,

assign the first _________ supervisor to begin

attack on the flank with the most potential for

fire spread/damage

Division

• ______ crews should be considered for use with

Structure Protection Groups.

Fire

• Wind driven fires (__________ attack)

1. All resources check in

2. Receive assignment

3. Stage in the direction of fire movement and

attempt to extinguish spot fires at the head

of the fire when there are safety zones

Page 22: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

22

Offensive

STRUCTURE PROTECTION

• If the fire blows over, ______ the structure is

probably the safest place

inside

• If structure becomes involved with fire, ____

fire fighting clothing shall be worn to fight fire

Structural

DEPLOY HOSE

• ___ Lateral Hose Line is primarily for spot

fires, mop up overhaul, and safety zone

protection, not fire attack

1”

• Water Supply: When a supply lay is used for a

Progressive Hose Lay, utilize _____ hose, not

____ hose

2 ½” and 4"

• Utilize roof ladder to access top of private water

tanks and remove top access hatch cover of lid,

Page 23: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

23

to prevent tank ____ during hard suction

drafting operations

Implosion

APPARATUS OPERATORS

• When flame lengths hit a ridgetop, the flames

will generally ______ or _____ and may

quadruple

Double, triple

➢ Apparatus Operator’s Parking

Back into location if possible, park for

immediate egress, and park so other

equipment may pass. Apparatus shall be on

opposite side of roadway away from fire, and

away from chutes, chimneys, and midslope

roads where fire is below location. Head

lights and warnings lights shall be “on”.

Engine auxiliary pump, not main pump, should

be utilized

• Patrol operator shall engage __________

switch, before leaving patrol pump unattended

to operate nozzle

Page 24: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

24

Automatic Pump Shutoff

BURNING OUT/FIRING OUT

Burning Out/Firing Out: Notify ________ of

intent to Burn Out/Fire Out. Division/Group

Supervisor shall notify the ___ or ____

Division/Group Supervisor, OSC or IC

➢ Burning Out for Immediate Defensive Need

1. Identify area to burn out

2. Ensure no persons are in the area to be

burned out

3. Anticipate direction of spread and spotting

potential

4. Ensure adequate resources are available to

handle spot fires

5. Ensure adjacent resources are aware of

spread potential and are prepared for

structure protection

6. Have hoseline in place around defensive

need object

7. Plan and establish an escape route

8. Ladder the roof, if a structure

Page 25: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

25

9. When approaching fire is in close proximity

and in sight, begin defensive firing

operation

• Camp Crew Superintendent/Supervisor may

perform burning out operations during line

construction, using either ______

or__________

2' Method or Parallel Method (5-50')

• Backfiring Operations: Request approval form

the ____ or ____

OSC, IC

• Backfiring Operations require a Backfiring

Operations _______

Supervisor

➢ Backfiring Operations: Notify affected

personnel by tactical radio frequency and Crew

Net frequency and obtain acknowledgment

MOP UP

Fires of ____ acres or less will be 100%

mopped up with water. Fires over ___ acres in

Page 26: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

26

size, will have wet mop up at least ____ in from

the perimeter

5, 5, 50'

➢ If decision is made to remove personnel before

mop up is completed:

1. Hose will be left in place until mop up is

complete.

2. Patrols or lookouts shall be assigned to

monitor fire, until mop up is completed

Cold Trails: Crews shall construct cold trails

around all wildland fires. If crews and dozers

are canceled enroute, engine company

personnel will assume responsibility for

constructing ______________

Cold Trail

➢ IC shall declare containment through command

and control

• ____________ Supervisor shall be responsible

for inspecting and declaring containment of

their assigned Division

Division

Page 27: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

27

• IC will request Communications Unit Leader on

Campaign type fires over a ____ alarm

Second

➢ Crew shall construct a control line around the

entire perimeter of the fire

• One helicopter will remain at the scene of all

wildland Incidents until the I.C. determines that

there is no further potential for ________

outside control lines.

spot fires

Fly crew should go available for other

responses as soon as practical after

_____________

knockdown

APPENDIX I

• Each engine in a given battalion will carry a

complete set of their entire Battalion Wildland

Pre Attack Plans in their __________________

Emergency Information File

Page 28: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

28

• Who carries Wildland pre attack plans for the

entire County: (3)

Strike Team Leaders

Battalion Chiefs

Assistant Chiefs

• Blue Radio: Direct Mode 2 watts/ ____ mile.

Mobile Radio 40 watts/ __ - __ miles

1, 5-10

_____________: Setting fire inside a control

line to consume fuel between the edge of the

fire and the control line.

Burning out/Firing Out

______________: An indirect method of attack

in which the fuels between the control line or

natural barrier and the main fire are

intentionally burned to control a rapidly

spreading fire

Backfiring

• ______________: A period of time beginning

when the fire starts and ending at 10 a.m. on the

day following

Page 29: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

29

Burning period

• _____________: A control line completely

around the fire and any spot fires, with a high

probability that these lines can be held through

the next burning period

Containment

• ___________: There is no chance of escape

once the fire is out: this is usually given when

the last member leaves the fire

Control

• __________: Superintendent or a Camps BC

assigned to the OSC or IC, to assist in crew

operations

Crew Coordinator

• A fly crew is a paid crew, made up of up to

____ members, plus the Crew Supervisor

10 members

• _______________: The fire is dictating the

action, no containment possible

Defensive Mode

Page 30: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

30

• ______________: Safe, cleared, parking area

for a pre designated number of fire engines with

personnel in the cab (2-5engines).

Engine Safety Zone

➢ Engine Safety Zone are identified on Bn.

Wildland Pre Attack Plan Safety Maps. ESZ -

is not a deployment zone

➢ Flanks: Left (Division A); Right (Division B);

Top (Division C); As viewed from point of

origin towards head fire

• __________: A method of suppression in

which the control line is located along natural

firebreaks or at a considered distance from the

fire line and the intervening fuel is burned out.

Indirect Line

• ______________: When all open flame has

been eliminated is the first report that fire is

being brought under control. No visible flames

on the perimeter

Knock Down

Page 31: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

31

Lateral Hose Line: 1” Hose Lay installed at a

minimum of every ____ on main 1 ½” hose.

Minimum of 100’ of 1”. Use for mop up,

overhaul, spot fires, and safety zone protector

line. Not intended as primary fire attack line.

200’

• Plans Team: When requested by IC, C&C will

contact the _______________ (BC), who is

responsible for assigning required Plans Team

Personnel.

Duty Plans Chief

• IC should consider requesting a Plans Team or

Short Team Support for wildland fires of

working ___ alarm and larger

2nd

_____________: Safe, cleared parking

area/holding area for a large number of civilian

vehicles, with family members and pets inside

vehicle.

Public Refuge Area

Page 32: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

32

• Public Refuge Area should be staffed by at least

___ fire engine and several law enforcement

units

one

• ___________: Areas pre-designated on Bn.

Wildland Pre Attack Plans and Safety Maps,

that will have high probability of civilian or fire

fighter life loss

Safety Hazard Area

_________________: An area either in the

burned/black area or an area void of fuel, large

enough for personnel to evacuate and not have

to deploy fire shelters to prevent injury. A

Safety Zone is not a deployment area

Safety Zone

• A Major Incident Support Team is for large

scaled extended attack wildfire requiring

suppression action for over a minimum of how

many hours ____

24

Page 33: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

33

• If the I.C. and or Plans Section Chief is not

familiar with local factors, local officers should

be reassigned to the I.C. to assist the Planning

Section as a

Operations Technical Specialist

• ___________________: Areas within the State

of California that are under contract with

counties for the fire protection of State property

SRA - State Responsibility Area

➢ The following minimum equipment shall be

carried in the belt pack:

- Fire shelter

- Canteen

- 1 - Field Hose Clamp

- 1 - 1 1/2" TEE

- 1 - 1" barrel nozzle (IP)

- 1 - Reducer 1 1/2" NH to 1" IP

- 1 - Increaser 1" IP to 1 1/2" NH

APPENDIX II

• Downhill/indirect line construction in steep

terrain and fast burning fuels should be done

Page 34: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

34

with extreme caution. ____ attack methods

should be used when possible.

Direct

➢ Downhill line construction should not be

attempted when fire is present directly below

the proposed starting point. A downhill line

should be securely anchored at the top. Avoid

underslug line if at all practical

➢ Line firing should be done as the line

progresses, beginning form the anchor point at

the top. The burned out area provides a

continuous safety zone for the crew and reduces

the likelihood of fire crossing the line

11.1.2 WILDLAND PRE ATTACK PLAN

8/1/95

➢ Wildland Pre Attack plans are created for those

Wildland interface (I Zone) areas which have

potential for the loss of a large number of

structures during a Wildland fire incident.

Wildland Pre-Attack Plans are prepared to:

Page 35: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

35

1. Provide the IC with area specific

information necessary to effectively deploy

resources

2. Provide incoming resources with helpful

and pertinent information about the WL

plan area

3. Establish logical geographic boundaries for

Division or Group ICS assignments

4. Reduce necessary radio traffic during large

wildland fire incidents by providing

pertinent written information bout the WL

pre attack plan area

• Wildland Pre-Attack Plans are meant to be

basic enough for first alarm resources and

informative enough for _______ decision

making on multi-branch, multi day incidents

Command Staff

• A current set of all W.L. Pre Attack Plans shall

be carried in the vehicle of each Chief Officer

and _____________. A current set of all W.L.

Pre Attack Plans for the Battalion shall be

carried on all apparatus and equipment within

the Battalion

Page 36: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

36

Camp Superintendent

An annual review of all wildland areas and

Wildland Pre-Attack Plans shall be conducted

during the month of _________.

March

• Target areas are areas which pose a significant

risk of life or structural loss as a result of a

wildfire. Included are all interface areas of ___

or more structures with a minimum density of

_______ structure per acre.

20, one

• Wildland Pre Attack Plans are comprised of

three components. They are:

Quad Map, Strip Map, Target Area

Information

• If the Strip Map has a target area requiring in

excess of __ engines, the area will be split into

segments

30

Page 37: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

37

• The Plans will be filed in a W.L. Pre Attack

folder (more than 5 pre attack plans) or at the

rear of the _______ file folder (5 or less pre-

attack plans).

Form 78 Target Hazard

• A spare copy of the jurisdictional W.L. Pre

Attack Plan will be filed with the __________

left for move up companies

Emergency Information File

APPENDIX I

A large Base for a major fire should be an area

approximately ___ X ____ with room for over

___ firefighters

1000 x 1000, 500

➢ Small base: An area that could suffice for one

or two operational periods

What are the mandatory characteristics for a

Small Base:

Parking (10 vehicle)

Toilets

Easily located

Page 38: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

38

Defensible

ESZ (ENGINE SAFETY ZONE): A location

where FF's could survive being overrun by a

worst-case wildfire situation. The minimum

criteria is as follows:

a) Free of any flammable material or

vegetation for at least ____ feet in all

directions.

b) Free of heavy (Fuel Model 4) fuel for at

least ____ feet in all directions.

c) Allows engines to turn around and park

without blocking the road.

d) Is not located on amid-slope road or fuel

break, in a chimney or saddle.

30', 200'

• _____: An area requiring immediate

evacuation.

Evacuation Area

• _______: Structures outside the boundary of a

Target Area but potentially in the path of the

fire or having a direct exposure to radiant heat

from the fire.

Page 39: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

39

Isolated Structure

• ____________: A planned area for public safe

refuge within the target area where egress is

marginal

Public Safe Refuge Area (PSR)

➢ Quad Map: A portion of a Quadrangle Map

which outlines the Pre Attack Plan area in

relation to the surrounding area and on which

sensitive areas, ICS facilities, helispots and

residential assembly points are shown

• _____________: A location outside the target

area that can be used as an evacuation and

meeting center. It is an area where residents

can assemble prior to being housed at shelters.

These areas are not considered shelters.

Residential Assembly Point - RAP

• __________: An area where there is a high

probability for firefighter casualties in a worst

case fire situation; i.e., structures in a chimney,

etc.

Safety Hazard Area

Page 40: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

40

• Segment: For wildland pre-attack plan

purposes a segment is a portion of a target area.

Segments are utilized when the number of

engines required for defensive operations of a

target area exceeds ____.

30

APPENDIX II – SYMBOL LEGEND

Safe Areas:

1. (ESZ) Engine Safety Zone - a yellow

diamond with number of engines that can be

parked at the ESZ, inside the diamond.

2. (PSR) Public Safe Area - a yellow diamond

with the letters "PSR" inside the diamond.

Page 41: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

41

Hazardous Areas:

1. Target Area or Segment of Target Area

Boundary - a solid red line

2. Evacuation Area Boundary - a dashed red

line

3. Safety Hazard Area - shaded in pink. More

than one safety hazard area in target area -

pink hexagon

4. Vulnerable Area Boundary - a solid yellow

line

5. Sensitive (ecologically) Area Boundary - a

dashed green line

➢ Evacuation Route shall be identified by: Solid

green shading of the street with arrowheads to

indicate travel.

➢ ICS Facilities and Residential Assembly Areas

shall be identified by:

1. Incident Base - a blue circle with a "B"

inside

2. Staging Area - a blue circle with an "S"

inside

3. Helispot - a blue circle with an "H" inside.

Page 42: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

42

4. RAP - a blue circle with the letters "RAP"

inside the circle.

➢ Structure Information:

1. Combustible Roof - a 3/32" diameter red

dot

2. Isolated Structures - a 3/32" diameter

orange dot.

➢ Other Information:

Planned Engines – A green square with the

number of engines required inside the

square. Use a alpha designator also in the

case of a segmented target area i.e., "20A"

for 20 engines in the segment area.

APPENDIX III

➢ Every designated Wildland Pre Attack Plan

Target Area Require the following categories

1. Fire Behavior

2. Safety Hazard Areas

3. Resource Estimate

4. Access

5. Evacuation Area – Coordinated with Safety

Hazard Areas

Page 43: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

43

6. Evacuation Route

7. Vulnerable Areas

8. Engine Safety Zones

9. ICS Facilities

10. Sensitive Areas

11. Structures

12. Residential Assembly Point (RAP)

13. Public Safe Refuge Area (PSR)

• Resource Estimate: Myer's Rule: Count the

number of houses on the perimeter of the target

area. Divide the number of homes by ___ to

identify the number of engine companies

required. Add one additional strike team for

_______. If the target area has combustible

roofs within the interior of the target area add

___ strike teams in addition to the strike team in

reserve.

4, reserve, two

Evacuation Route: This information is

mandatory. List _____ safe routes of

evacuation from identified problem areas that

will not interfere with F.D. vehicles or

emergency operations if possible.

Page 44: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

44

2

• Structures in a designated area that has more

than ___ wood roofs, will have a note referring

to the wood roof situation

75%

11.1.3 MEDICAL EVACUATIONS ON

WILDLAND INCIDENT

2/15/96

Who is responsible for developing and

implementing a medical evacuation plan on all

wildland fire incidents?

The Incident Commander

➢ It is the policy of this Dept. that a written

medical evacuation plan be developed on any

working WL fire incident

➢ Medical Evacuation Plan should consider the

following:

a) Injury types

b) Number of Pts

c) Where pts should be sent

Page 45: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

45

d) Where and how patients can be treated prior

to evacuation

e) Radio frequencies

f) Resources available to the IC.

11.1.4 WILDLAND URBAN INTERFACE

(WUI) PLACARD 10/10/13

➢ The Wildland Urban Interface (WUI) Placard

(ICS Form 231), was developed by the

California Wildland Fire Coordinating Group

(CWCG), and adopted by FIRESCOPE for use

by fire departments.

• Battalion chiefs shall ensure that a minimum

number of ___forms are carried on each

battalion command vehicle.

25

➢ This form shall be used on all wildland urban

interface incidents when assigned to structure

protection. In all cases of multiple residences,

each residence shall have its own placard.

Page 46: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

46

➢ Additional WUI Placards may be placed over

previous WUI Placards when significant

changes are observed.

11.1.5 CATALINA WILDLAND PLAN

10/11/13

➢ The first arriving Company Officer shall:

Report an initial size up to Los Angeles

Communication Center (LACC) and responding

units, initiating the Incident Command System

(ICS), take necessary action, request additional

resources, provide for personnel safety, and

make a Helispot assignment.

Page 47: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

47

• The first arriving Company Officer shall report

on the conditions and provide them to the

_______ Communication and Dispatch Center.

Avalon Sheriff’s

➢ The Incident Commander (IC) shall be

responsible for the overall management of the

incident and providing follow-up reports to

LACC until Department resources have been

demobilized. Make direct contact with LACC

regarding proposed frequencies and/or

Communication Plans for Catalina Island.

• Company Officers and Unit Supervisors shall

report to the IC when approximately ___ mile

from the incident on Catalina.

1/4

➢ State Responsibility Area (SRA): Except

within the Avalon city limits, Catalina Island is

contained entirely in SRA territory. Request an

agency representative from the California

Department of Forestry and Fire Protection

(CAL FIRE) be notified of the incident.

Page 48: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

48

• Fires originating in Los Angeles County area

that threaten the City of Avalon will be

managed under ______

unified command

• If the City of Avalon requests mutual aid from

the Department, the incident will be managed

under ______

unified command

➢ Use of Class “A” Foam: A consultation with

the affected landowner shall occur prior to the

use of Class “A” foam. The landowners

include: Santa Catalina Island Conservancy,

Santa Catalina Island Company, and the City of

Avalon.

• Fixed Wing Aircraft: Contract aircraft is

included in the response matrix when available.

Consider additional fixed wing resources on the

initial response as approved by ______ or the

agency representative.

South Ops

Page 49: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

49

➢ Use of Catalina Island Conservancy

resources: When there is an immediate need for

water tenders or dozers, the IC shall ensure that

qualified Depart. heavy equipment operators are

responded to operate Conservancy resources.

Conservancy resources are identified as

Conservancy Water Tender 1, 2 or 3 and

Conservancy Dozer 1 and 2.

• A confirmed first alarm wildland fire on

Catalina Island requires LACC to notify the

jurisdictional deputy chief and the _________

chief.

duty deputy

• Consultation between the IC, jurisdictional

deputy chief and the duty deputy chief will

determine the required level of Incident

Management Team that may include a

“_______” or an entire Incident Management

Team.

Short Team

Page 50: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

50

➢ Each helispot is equipped with a marine deck

box containing all of the materials required to

operate the helispot.

• City of Avalon hydrants: Inside the City of

Avalon there are both fresh and salt water

hydrants. The fresh water hydrants are

stenciled “____” and the salt water hydrants are

not stenciled.

F

• All steamer hydrants in the City of Avalon have

____inch outlets, which will require a 4-1/2”

female to 4” male decreaser.

4-1/2”

➢ Use of Dozers: Consultation with the affected

landowner, to include Santa Catalina Island

Conservancy, Santa Catalina Island Company,

or the City of Avalon is recommended prior to

the use of dozers.

➢ Catalina Island Conservancy operates a dozer

year round. The operators participate in the

annual CAL FIRE “fire line training” program

Page 51: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

51

and are fire shelter trained. However,

Department heavy equipment operators should

be used. The Conservancy Dozer is best

utilized constructing indirect fire line during

initial attack.

➢ The FS 55 Captain shall:

1.Request a “Catalina Island Brush Fire

Response” that require ground resources from

the mainland.

2.Request a Communications Plan from LACC.

3.Assign a helispot.

a. Helispot 55-A: Request Avalon Fire

Department to set up.

b.Helispot 55-B: Should only be used as a

last resort due to limited water supply.

c. Helispot 55-C: Request Wrigley Center,

USC personnel to set up.

4.Request Automatic Aid from Avalon Fire

Department

5.Request Avalon Sheriff’s dispatch to call-out

all Patrol firefighters.

6.Request Avalon Sheriff’s dispatch to notify

the Catalina Conservancy of the fire and

location.

Page 52: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

52

7.Request Avalon Sheriff’s dispatch to control

road access as necessary.

➢ The Air Operations Chief Officer or Pilot shall:

Evaluate the capability of delivering more

crews via air on the initial attack. The response

matrix allows for one (1) or two (2) fly crews

on the first alarm assignment.

• The Battalion ___Chief shall:

1.Respond to the designated command post on

Catalina Island and assume command. Travel

options are as follows:

a. Respond to Helispot 53-A for air transport

to incident.

b.Closest Baywatch Rescue Boat (Coast

Guard, San Pedro)

c. Catalina Express

d.Coast Guard at San Pedro for

transportation

2.Take the Radio Cache from the Battalion 14

office.

3.Contact LACC and confirm all components of

the “Catalina Island. Brush Response” have

been dispatched.

Page 53: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

53

4.Notify Q106 to begin backfill of resources

and personnel for Battalion14 coverage.

14

• The Battalion ___ Chief shall respond to

Catalina Freight Line barge and assume Task

Force Leader position at the Freight Line for

resources being transported to Catalina Island

by barge

7

• The Battalion ___ Chief shall respond to

Battalion 14 for coverage and coordinating

backfill of resources and personnel for Battalion

14.

18

• The Battalion ___ Chief shall on request by the

IC and approval from the jurisdictional or Duty

Deputy Chief, respond to Camp Pendleton to

supervise the Hovercraft Operation. If the

Battalion 21 Chief is unavailable, respond

Battalion ___ Chief.

21, 12

Page 54: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

54

• The Camp Crew Coordinator shall

communicate with the Camp Section _____ to

facilitate the transportation of all paid camp

crews on the “Catalina Island Brush Fire

Response” to Catalina via initial attack aircraft

or at Helispot 53-A.

Duty Chief

➢ The Camp Section Battalion Chief shall

coordinate with Air Operations, LACC, and

Superintendents to facilitate the deployment of

Camp Crews to Catalina Island and coordinate

the deployment of three (3) Superintendents to

Catalina Island via initial attack aircraft or from

Helispot 53-A.

➢ The LACC Dispatch Supervisor shall:

1.With jurisdictional or Duty Deputy Chief

approval assure that one (1) Type 4 Patrol

Strike Team is assembled and dispatched to

Catalina Freight Line in Wilmington or as

approved by the IC.

2.Contact the IC and determine if a Type 3

Engine Strike Team is required to respond. If

the Department’s California Governor's

Page 55: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

55

Office of Emergency Services (OES) 1870-C

is available, approval must be obtained by

OES and CAL FIRE. Contact the Duty

Deputy Chief

3.Ensure that the following Duty resources are

notified and dispatched to Helispot 53-A for

transport to incident.

a. Incident Management Team Plans Chief

and Logistics Chief

b.Lifeguard Section Chief

c. Dozer Operator and Swamper

4.Request one (1) Logistics Chief to respond to

LACC

➢ Pre-Identified Engine Companies shall:

1.Engine 53: Respond to Helispot 53-A and

support helispot operations.

2.Engine 2, Engine 106, and Engine 236:

Respond to Helispot 53-A and drop off

captains and firefighters for immediate

transport to Catalina Island via copter.

3.Engine 2, Engine 106, and Engine 236

engineers: Take the engines to the departing

barge.

Page 56: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

56

• Apparatus departure locations in order of

priority:

1.Catalina Freight Line

2.Foss Maritime Company

3._______________ (LAST OPTION)

Camp Pendleton Hovercraft

➢ Personnel departure locations: (Single

Resource vs. STEN)

1.Helispot 53A

2.Baywatch - Coast Guard Station, San Pedro

3.Catalina Express - 320 Golden Shore, Long

Beach, CA

4.Coast Guard - Coast Guard Station, San

Pedro

➢ If assembled the Engine Strike Teams LAC

ST 1870-C: shall respond to the designated

Barge Company.

➢ The Type 4 Patrol Strike Teams, LAC ST

1140-D, shall respond to the designated barge

company.

Page 57: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

57

➢ The Heavy Equipment Section shall ensure

that a single Dozer Operator and Swamper

responds to Helispot 53-A for air transportation

to Catalina Island. The Dozer Operator will

function as a Dozer Boss for the Santa Catalina

Island Conservancy Dozer operator during the

initial attack.

Page 58: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

58

➢ The Lifeguard Section Duty Chief shall:

Request a move-up Baywatch Rescue Boat

from the mainland to Avalon with at least one

(1) paramedic, to meet Department contractual

obligations for paramedic services in the City of

Avalon.

CHAPTER 2 – HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROCEDURES

11.2.1 – HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

INCIDENTS 10/01/90

➢ Our Department’s main responsibility centers

on assessing the hazard, notification of the

proper agencies, and providing the necessary

interim measures to minimize the effect of a

hazardous condition on people, the

environment, and property

The first arriving Company is responsible for

providing initial size-up, initiating the Incident

Command Procedures (10.1.1), and taking the

necessary action.

Who is responsible for complete assessment of

the immediate hazard, providing the I.C. with

technical assistance, and conducting and/or

Page 59: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

59

coordinating measures to minimize the effect of

the hazard on personnel, the environment, and

property.

Hazardous Materials Squads.

➢ The Safety Officer has the authority to alter,

suspend, or terminate any activity that he may

judge to be unsafe

When dealing with hazardous materials

incidents the priorities of this department are:

(3)

1. Protection of Life

2. Protection of the environment

3. Protection of property and equipment.

In no instance shall anyone travel form the

Exclusion Zone to the Support Zone on a

hazardous Materials incident unless they have

first passed through, and been decontaminated

within, a separate and distinct

Contamination Reduction Zone

Page 60: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

60

First responders shall not enter the

___________ unless a life-threatening situation

dictates a decision to effect a rescue

Exclusion Zone

➢ Entry into Exclusion Zone: (unless immediate

life loss) Entry should not be made until: (7)

1. Trained Haz Mat. Squad are present with

sufficient manpower to provide entry teams

of two or more with backup

2. Contamination Reduction Zone has been

established

3. Site characterization has been made

4. Action Plan developed

5. Safety Officer has been assigned

6. PM Squad is on scene

7. All support units in place

• All apparatus at the scene of a suspected

hazardous materials incident will be positioned

for ___________ and maximum personnel

safety

Immediate Egress

Page 61: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

61

• All hazardous materials incidents will be

managed using ________ command

unified

The minimum participants in unified command

will be representatives from LACO FD, County

Health Department, and ____________.

Local Law Enforcement

The Command Post for a hazardous materials

incident will be at a location which is

uphill/upwind from the incident and which is

large enough to accommodate the resources

necessary for _________

Unified Command

The ____________ IC will assume all duties

and responsibilities of the Scene Manager on all

off highway incidents

Fire Department

The __________ agency will be scene manager

at all on highway incidents

Law Enforcement

Page 62: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

62

• Who is responsible for the supervision of clean-

up of all Haz. Mat. incidents.

Dept. of Health Services.

• The responsibility for enforcement of hazardous

waste laws falls upon: (4)

Fire Department

Law Enforcement

Health Services

District Attorney

All personnel and equipment involved in a

hazardous materials incident will be checked

for contamination by the ________ before

being released from the scene

Health Officer

• The standard response to a hazardous materials

incident within jurisdiction of the County of

Los Angeles FD will include:

2 engine companies

Haz Mat Task Force

PM Squad

BC

Page 63: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

63

➢ Strategic Priorities: In order to meet the

strategic priorities adopted by the Department,

all hazardous materials incidents will be

managed using a standardized tactical approach

1. Size Up

2. Requesting Assistance

3. Rescue

4. Isolation of Material

5. Evacuation

6. Person Responsible

7. Material Identification

Page 64: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

64

• The _____ and _____ agency will be requested

on all hazardous materials incidents

Health Department, Local Law

Enforcement

RESCUE

➢ If the decision to effect a rescue is made by the

first arriving companies the following will

apply: Command of the incident will be passed

to a specific officer on assisting company or

transferred to a higher ranking officer

Whenever practical, a Rescue Plan will be

formulated and the Rescue Teams will be

briefed. The minimum Rescue Plan should

identify: (4)

1. Boundaries of the Exclusion Zone

2. Location of the Safe Refuge Areas with in

the Exclusion Zone

3. Location of the Contamination Reduction

Zone outside of the Exclusion Zone

4. The Location of Access Control Points into

and out of these Zones

Page 65: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

65

• Rescue Team Leaders will be responsible for

providing the IC with on going ______ Reports

Status

Egress from the Exclusion Zone for all victims

and Rescue Team Personnel will be through the

________ into a Contamination Reduction

Zone

Access Control Points

If victims must be moved prior to the

establishment of a Contamination Reduction

Zone, they should be moved to a predetermined

location of __________ within the Exclusion

Zone where they can remain until

Contamination Reduction Zone can be

established.

Safe Refuge

• If the initial rescue effort results in serious

injury or death to first in rescue companies, no

further rescue operations will be attempted until

the arrival of __________

Hazardous Materials Squads

Page 66: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

66

Isolation of the Material: The I.C. should

establish a basic operational area which

includes an ____Zone and a ____ Zone with

designated "Access Control Points" between

each zone.

Exclusion, Support

The perimeter of the "Exclusion Zone" (in no

case) should be less than ___feet from the

leading edge of the material.

300

• The _______ Zone should be large enough to

accommodate the resources necessary for

Unified Command

Support

Evacuation: The responsibility for evacuation

usually rests with the local _______ agency

Law Enforcement

Page 67: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

67

• A separate and distinct ________ Zone should

be established between the Exclusion Zone and

the Support Zone whenever decontamination

procedures are anticipated.

"Contamination Reduction."

• IC decides to Evacuate he should plan: (4)

1. Areas to be evacuated

2. The priorities of the evacuation

3. Access and egress routes

4. Location of Evacuation Shelters

➢ Person Responsible: The person responsible

should be asked to remain at scene voluntarily.

However, if necessary, the IC can instruct the

representative form the local law enforcement

agency to detain the person until released by the

appropriate authority.

• Specific identification of the materials involved

is primarily the responsibility of the _________

Hazardous Materials Squad

➢ First responder may assist in the identification

of the materials in the following ways:

Page 68: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

68

a) By identifying “proper shipping name”, the

UN/NA Number, or the Hazard Class

designation recorded on the shipping papers

b) By observing placards and labels

c) By requesting Hazardous Materials Safety

Data Sheets

d) By observing the types of containers

e) By observing the physical state and

behavior of the material

f) By consulting with person responsible

g) By consulting with Chemtrec

Contamination Reduction: The minimum

decontamination for all personnel leaving the

Exclusion Zone will be a _________ flush

using an 1 1/2 line on fog

60 seconds

Apparatus supplying the handling should be

placed in the support zone uphill/upwind from

the Contamination Reduction Zone not less than

______ feet away

100'

Page 69: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

69

Victims should be decontaminated before

treatment by rescue personnel

Exception: Victims with life threatening

injuries should receive immediate treatment in

the Exclusion Zone if possible, and then be

taken the Contamination Reduction Zone where

they will be decontaminated and turned over to

awaiting medical personnel

• All contaminated clothing and equipment will

remain in the _______ until it has been assessed

by the appropriate Health Officer

Contamination Reduction Zone

• Hazardous Substance Containment is primarily

the responsibility of the ________

Hazardous Materials Squads

Page 70: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

70

• The cleanup of a hazardous materials incident is

the responsibility of _______, ________, and

__________

Department of Health Services

Private Clean Up Company

Person Responsible

The only agency with the authority to declare a

Haz Mat Incident over and the incident are

clean is __________

Jurisdictional Health Agency

APPENDIX I

• ____________: Entry and exit check points

established at the periphery of a zone to

regulate the flow or personnel and equipment.

Access Control Points

• What is the "Exclusion Zone?"

The inner most of three areas. The Zone

where contamination does or could occur

• What does the Haz. Mat. term "I.D.L.H." stand

for?

Page 71: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

71

"Immediately Dangerous to Life and

Health"

• What are the characteristics of the "Support

Zone"? (3)

1. The outermost part of the site

2. Considered a non contaminated or clear area

3. Support equipment is located in this Zone

and traffic is restricted to authorized

personnel

• What are the three elements of the IAP

a) A Clear definition of objectives

b) Time Limits

c) An order sequence of events

• ________: Any condition that poses an

immediate threat to life, or which is likely to

resulting in acute or immediate severe health

effects

IDLH – Immediately Dangerous to Life and

Health

• _________: Encompasses all of the functions

and activities, every zone, and all of the

Page 72: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

72

specialized areas required to command an

incident

Operational Area

• ________ : A location within the Exclusion

Zone which is relatively non contaminated and

which can be used by reserve team personnel

and victims to provide themselves with a

reasonably safe holding area for initial triage

and treatment

Safe Refuge

• What area may also be used for staging prior to

entry into the Contamination Reduction Zone

Safe Refuge

• The HOT LINE is located between the

__________ Zone and ___________ Zone

Exclusion

Contamination Reduction

APPENDIX III

• For all incidents involving hazardous

substances notify: (3)

Page 73: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

73

1. The County of Los Angeles Fire

Department Hazardous Materials Section,

Disclosure Control Unit

2. The County of Los Angeles Health Services

Environmental Protection Division

3. The local law enforcement agency

➢ Hazardous Materials effects any of the

following notify the appropriate agency

City Street City yard

County Road Public Works –

Road Maintenance

Sewers Co. Sanitation District

Storm Drain Public Works – Flood

Maintenance Division Cal Fish and Game

Underground Tanks Co. Public Works

Radiological Materials Co. Health

Services – Radiation Management

Biomedical Materials Co. Health Dept

– Environmental

➢ For all incidents requiring evacuation notify

1. The local law enforcement agency

2. County of Los Angeles sheriff- Emergency

Operations Bureau (E.O.B.)

Page 74: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

74

11.2.2 - C0 INCIDENTS

7/15/98

• Carbon Monoxide (CO) monitoring take place

at the incident Commander's request: (3)

1. During salvage and overall operations

2. At confined space and below grade

incidents

3. At CO detector alarm responses

Page 75: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

75

The California Occupational Safety and Health

Administration (CAL/OSHA) permissible

exposure limit to Carbon Monoxide is ____ part

per million

25

Operation in an atmosphere greater then ____

requires SCBA an PPE.

25 ppm

• Use ________ on all suspected or reported CO

incidents, confined space and below grade

incidents

SCBA/PPE

CO monitoring at Emergency Incidents:

Working in teams of 2 and wearing SCBA and

PPE. A secondary monitoring shall be

performed where a previous reading is ____

ppm or more is found.

25

• CO monitoring at Emergency Incidents: To

monitor an incident scene check the entire

incident perimeter first: _____ to _____ point

Page 76: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

76

Lowest, Highest

CO monitoring at Emergency Incidents: The

IC shall request that Health Haz Mat to respond

to the incident if: (4)

a) Anyone is showing signs of Carbon

monoxide poisoning

b) Monitoring indicates a CO level of 25ppm

or greater

c) The Dept. orders the premises evacuated

d) The IC feels a response by health Haz Mat

is needed

➢ CO monitoring at Emergency Incidents: The

Incident Commander shall request that the Gas

Company respond to the incident if:

a) Anyone is showing signs of Carbon

Monoxide Poisoning

b) Monitoring indicates a CO level of 25 ppm

or greater

c) The Dept. orders the premises evacuated

d) The gas supply is shut off

e) The IC feels a response by the gas company

is needed

Page 77: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

77

• CO monitoring at Emergency Incidents: The

IC shall request a Haz Mat Task Force respond

to the incident if: (3)

a) Anyone is showing signs of Carbon

Monoxide Poisoning

b) Monitoring indicates a CO level of a 100

ppm or greater

c) The IC feels a response by the Haz Mat

Task Force is needed

• Non-Emergency Operations: Carbon Monoxide

Investigation, Utilize the Residential CO

Inspection Checklist, Form _______ in

performing CO investigations or inspections.

Form 778

➢ Non Emergency Operations: CO monitor

reading of less than 25 PPM in any occupancy:

a) Inform occupant that our instrument did not

detect a potentially dangerous level of CO

at this time

b) Recommend occupant check their detector

c) Attempt to reset detector

d) Recommend occupant contacts the gas

company

Page 78: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

78

e) Call 911 if alarm activates again

• Non Emergency Operations: If the CO reading

is below 25ppm recommended to the owner to

contact the _____________.

Gas Company

• Non Emergency Operations: Readings of 25

ppm or more in occupancy, but less than 100

ppm: When the CO has been reduced to a safe

level. The premises may be reoccupied at the

discretion of the ______________

Health Haz Mat Officer

• Non Emergency Operations: Readings of 25

ppm or more in occupancy, but less than 100

ppm: The _______ and _________ shall be

requested to respond.

Gas Company and Health Haz Mat

Non Emergency Operations: CO level readings

of a 100 ppm or more respond: (3)

Health Haz Mat

The Gas Company

Haz Mat Task Force

Page 79: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

79

• Non Emergency Operations: CO level readings

of a 100 ppm or more: Once the premises has

been reduced to a safe level (below 25 ppm) of

CO, the premises may be occupied at the

discretion of the?

Health Haz Mat Officer

• General Gas Monitoring Techniques: The

technique used when using the Mini CO

instrument traces an imaginary __________

pattern in the atmosphere and offers the best

coverage pattern.

"diamond"

APPENDIX I

➢ Carbon monoxide is difficult to recognize

because it is a odorless, tasteless, colorless, non

irritating gas. It is formed by the incomplete

combustion of carbon based materials. The

most common sources for carbon monoxide are

automobile exhaust and home heating systems.

➢ The only reliable methods to determine carbon

monoxide intoxication is by measuring the

Page 80: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

80

percentage of Carboxyhemoglobin (COHb) in

the victims venous blood

• Hemoglobin's affinity for carbon monoxide is

about ______ times greater than its affinity for

oxygen.

240

• Unborn children are highly susceptible to CO

exposures because their CO Hb levels are____

to ____ percent higher than the level in their

mother.

10-15%

• It takes ___ to ____ hours to reduce the CO Hb

level 50% when the victim is moved to normal

air free of carbon monoxide.

4-5

• The most vulnerable target organ for low level

CO exposure appears to be _______, and nerve

tissues, which require high levels of oxygen

Heart

➢ TABLE

Page 81: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

81

Mild Toxicity - 1-30%, (50-400ppm)

Moderate Toxicity, 30-50%, (400-1000ppm)

Severe Toxicity, 50-80%, (above 1000ppm).

• The following are symptoms of _______

toxicity levels: Mental confusion, headache,

irritability, nausea, vomiting.

Mild

• The following are symptoms of _____ toxicity

levels: Sever headaches, indifferent to danger,

syncope, convulsions.

Moderate

• The following are symptoms of _____ toxicity

levels: Collapse, shock, cyanosis, cherry red

skin color, weak pulse.

Severe

A flame which does not produce CO is _____

Blue

11.2.3 – HMTF AND HHMD

COORDINATIONS

04/21/09

Page 82: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

82

• _______ Situation: Involve a current or

imminent discharge or release of hazardous

materials, regardless of cause, that pose an

immediate threat to public health and safety or

the environment.

Dynamic

• _______ Situation: Hazardous Materials

incidents that are temporarily contained and/or

controlled but may pose a threat to public

health/safety or the environment and require

mitigation and clean-up activities prior to a

final clearance by HHMD.

Static

• The ___________ of the Fire Prevention

Services Bureau provides investigation,

mitigation, clean-up, and enforcement

capabilities under the California Health and

Safety Code.

Health Haz Mat Division (HHMD)

➢ Officers of the HHMD work in close

coordination with the Department’s Hazardous

Page 83: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

83

Materials Task Forces (HMTF) to abate

hazardous materials incidents by providing

knowledge and expertise in risk assessment,

mitigation techniques, sample collection, clean-

up, and enforcement.

Page 84: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

84

• Dynamic hazardous materials incidents require

intervention, mitigation, and clean-up by both

the HMTF and _____

HHMD

• All hazardous materials incidents include an

investigation as to the cause of the incident as

well as a criminal investigation when suspected.

Investigations are a ______ and law

enforcement responsibility under the authority

of the Health and Safety Code.

HHMD

• The first arriving company is responsible for

providing the initial size-up, initiating the

Incident Command System (ICS), and taking

the necessary actions appropriate for the

demands of the incident which includes a

__________

site characterization.

➢ The purpose of site characterization is to

identify the existence, source, nature, and extent

of hazardous materials release, and to determine

Page 85: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

85

the threat posed to human health or the

environment by the release.

➢ Both 29 CFR 1910.120 and Title 8 CCR 5192

mandate that the incident commander position

be established at all hazardous materials

incidents.

• ______ personnel are responsible for the

complete assessment of the immediate hazard,

providing the IC with technical assistance,

and/or coordinating measures to minimize the

effects of the hazard on personnel, the public,

the environment, and property.

HMTF

• As the “health officer” for the County, _____

officers retain the statutory authority for

investigation, enforcement, clean-up, final

clearance, and re-occupancy.

HHMD

• The _______ is responsible for identifying and

evaluating hazards, providing direction with

respect to safe operations, and notifying the IC

Page 86: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

86

of any actions taken to correct hazards at the

incident scene.

Safety Officer

• The Safety Officer shall coordinate with the

HMTF Assistant _____ (ASO) regarding safety

concerns.

Safety Officer

• The Department’s strategic priorities for a

hazardous materials incident in order of priority

are: (3)

1.Protection of Life.

2.Protection of the environment.

3.Protection of property and equipment.

➢ Both 29 CFR 1910.120 and Title 8 CCR 5192

mandate that the Safety Officer position be

established at all hazardous materials incidents.

The Safety Officer has the authority to alter,

suspend, or terminate any activity that may be

judged to be unsafe.

Page 87: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

87

• ______ officers shall act as the only authority

for all aspects of clean-up and re-occupancy of

a building or area.

HHMD

Page 88: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

88

• The Department’s _____ officers are Deputy

“Health Officers” and are responsible for

enforcement of State hazardous materials and

waste laws and regulations.

HHMD

➢ When a hazardous materials condition is

reported to CCD and the location is within the

Department’s jurisdiction, CCD shall respond a

full hazardous materials response, including a

HMTF and two HHMD officers.

➢ When CCD receives a mutual aid request for

one or more of the Department’s HMTF, CCD

responds a HMTF, a jurisdictional battalion

chief, and inquires if HHMD officers are also

needed.

➢ Drums and other containers – abandoned or

otherwise - Dynamic - require HMTF and

HHMD:

a. Bulging drum or container.

b.Leaking drum or container.

c. Noise from drum or container.

Page 89: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

89

d.Flame impingement on drum or container or

fire involvement.

➢ Drums and other containers – abandoned or

otherwise - Static - may require HMTF and

HHMD:

• All abandoned containers require the response

of the ____ for investigation, clean-up, and

removal.

HHMD

➢ Cargo - Dynamic that requires HMTF and

HHMD:

a. Any time persons are adversely affected by

leaks, fumes, or vapors before or during

Department operations.

b.Any time an unknown product is involved.

➢ Cargo - Static that may require HMTF and

HHMD:

a. Any time remediation activities cause the

potential for release of hazardous materials

such as the unloading or uprighting of

shifted hazardous materials cargo.

Page 90: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

90

➢ Fires in occupancies housing hazardous

materials, whether declared or not are dynamic.

➢ Static criminal situations such as identified

illegal drug laboratories and suspicious white

powder responses may involve HHMD and law

enforcement only.

CHAPTER 3 – HIGH RISE

11.3.1 - HIGH RISE INCIDENTS

03/01/97

The first arriving Company Officer: is

responsible for providing: (4)

- initial size up

- ICS system start up

- taking necessary action

- providing for personnel safety

➢ The I.C. is responsible for the overall

Management of the incident and providing

follow up reports to C&C until the F.D.

resources have been demobilized

• The Safety Officer shall provide the safety

message for the _________

Page 91: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

91

Incident Action Plan (IAP)

• Company Officers are responsible for reporting

their holding position, following ______

procedures, maintaining company unity,

providing safety briefings and for completing

their assignments

Check In

When dealing with high rise fire incidents the

priorities of this department are: (3)

1. Protection of life

2. Incident stabilization through Fire control

3. Property/Environmental protection &

conservation

• Elevators should not be utilized for _______.

Initial Investigation

Elevators should not be used as a logistics

transport until deemed safe by the ____

IC

The responsibility for the use of elevators rests

with the _____.

Page 92: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

92

I.C.

➢ Additional Alarms: When the IC is requesting

additional resources at the scene of a high rise

fire, the IC shall direct C&C to respond these

resources to a _________ location (usually

____) and will designate a directional route of

travel to that location

Check in, Base

The tactical priorities: (4)

1. Investigation/Rescue/fire attack/property

conservation

2. Ensure adequate Water supply

3. Gain control of building systems (Lobby

Control), (HVAC) and fire protection

systems

4. Control of the floors above and below the

fire

The first arriving company shall: (5)

a) Radio Size up

b) Investigation/initial action rescue/Fire

attack

c) Water supply

Page 93: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

93

d) Pass command to the 2nd in company

e) Communicate location, conditions, and

needs

The second arriving company shall: (4)

a) Assume Command

b) Establish Lobby Control

c) Request and assign additional resources

d) Support the investigation rescue/ fire attack

teams as requested

The third arriving company

Water Supply, Manpower

Page 94: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

94

The fourth arriving company

Establish base, Manpower

➢ Additional Companies

Manpower

➢ The first arriving squad

a) Prepare for a Medical Group/Branch as

needed

b) Manpower

➢ The first arriving B.C.

Assume the duties of the I.C.

➢ The second arriving B.C.: May be assigned as

a ________ Supervisor on the fire floor

Divisions

Third in Battalion chief: May be assigned as

the Logistic Chief

Fourth in Battalion Chief: May be assigned as

a Division Supervisor on the floor above the

fire

Page 95: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

95

First in Assistant Chief: Assume the duties of

the IC. The first in Battalion chief should

remain at the command post and be utilized at

the discretion of the IC

Command: The first arriving officer shall pass

command to the second arriving officer. When

command is passed, the following information

will be relayed: (4)

1. Annunciator Panel Information

2. Elevator status

3. The route of ascent into the building by fire

attack crews (include stairwell location and

identification)

4. Any pertinent information

➢ Specific Operations, 1st Alarm Assignment

Incident Command:

a. Establish a command post,

b. Determine the adequacy of resources

c. Communicate follow up and status reports

with C&C,

d. Order additional resources as needed

e. Gain control of the fire building systems

including standpipes, HVAC

Page 96: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

96

f. Maintain necessary Re-Stat/Sit-Stat records

g. Provide for ICS Positions

➢ Specific Operations, 1st Alarm Assignment

Initial Investigation/Rescue/Fire Attack: (5)

a. Communicate a standard radio size up

report

b. Gain entry to the Fire Control Room and/or

lobby area

c. Pass command

d. Check conditions on fire floors

e. Take necessary actions and communicate

needs to the I.C.

Page 97: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

97

➢ Specific Operations, 1st Alarm Assignment

Initial Investigation/Rescue/Fire Attack. When

gaining entry to the Fire Control Room and/or

lobby area perform the following tasks: (4)

1. Obtain elevator keys

2. Call elevator cars into Phase I (Fire Service

recall)

3. Check Annunciator Panel

4. Quickly ascertain any other pertinent

information. Identify and enter stairwell

and begin ascent

➢ Specific Operations, 1st Alarm Assignment

Initial Investigation/Rescue/Fire Attack. When

investigating the fire floor check conditions ___

floors below the fire floor for a possible staging

area. Check conditions on the fire floor, the

floors directly _____ and ____ the reported fire

floor and communicate this information to the

I.C.

2, below, above

Specific Operations, 1st Alarm Assignment

Water Supply Operations A minimum of 2

Page 98: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

98

engine company apparatus with engineers shall

be dedicated to this operation, usually the first

in company and the 3rd in company

➢ Water supply operations at buildings utilizing

Class I (dry) non cross connected standpipe

systems may require additional engine company

apparatus assigned to supply

Specific Operations, 1st Alarm Assignment

Water Supply Operations: The first in engine

company engineer shall spot his apparatus

within ____ feet of the F.D. standpipe

connection. Only ___ hose shall be used for the

hose lay between the engine company apparatus

and the Fire Department connection

100, 2 1/2

Specific Operations, 1st Alarm Assignment

Water Supply Operations: If a hydrant is within

____ feet of the apparatus position, the engine

company engineer should make every effort to

secure a primary water supply from that

hydrant.

100

Page 99: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

99

The ______ company FFS shall assist the first

in FFS. All F.D. connections should be

connected to and charged

third

Specific Operations, 1st Alarm Assignment

Lobby Control Operations

a. Establish a Lobby Control Manager

b. Maintain control of building systems

c. Check In arriving personnel and maintain

ReStat records

d. Maintain F.D. control of elevators

e. Establish Control of HVAC Systems

f. Communications with IC and land line

telephone capabilities with C&C

g. Communications with building occupants

h. Direct F.D. personnel to stairwell

i. Maintain liaison with the building

engineer/security

Specific Operations, 1st Alarm Assignment

Base Operations

a. Locate Base - Optimum distance _____'

b. Establish Base and a Base Manager

c. Initiate _______ parking

Page 100: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

100

d. Establish communication with I.C.

e. ________ arriving personnel and maintain

necessary ReStat records

f. Establish an Equipment Pool

200, diagonal, Check In

Page 101: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

101

Elevator Control: Phase 1 is when the

elevator(s)is recalled to the _______ area

through the use of keys or building controls

lobby

Elevator Control: Phase 2 is when _______

F.D. personnel have manual control of the

elevators. In Phase II, F.D. personnel

control movement of men and equipment

above the ground

➢ Elevator Control: Independent Control is that

which is outside of the _______ functioning of

the elevators or that of F.D. control

automatic

Fire Extinguishing Systems: A Class I system

is ______

A dry standpipe system without a directly

connected water supply and equipped with 2

1/2 inch outlets for use by F.D. personnel

Fire Extinguishing Systems: A Class II System

is _________

Page 102: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

102

A wet standpipe system directly connected

to a water supply and equipped with 1 1/2

inch outlets intended for use by the building

occupants

Fire Extinguishing Systems: A Class III system

is _________

A combination standpipe system directly

connected to a water supply and equipped

with both a hose cabinet for use by the

building occupants and 2 1/2 inch outlets

for use by F.D. personnel

Fire Extinguishing Systems: A Combined

system is ________

A system of water piping which piping

which serves 2 1/2 inch hose outlets for use

by the fire department and also supplies

water to fire sprinklers

Definition of a high-rise structure: Every

building of any type of construction or

occupancy having floors used for human

occupancy located more than ____above the

lowest floor level having building access.

Page 103: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

103

75 feet

➢ What are the "HVAC" systems?

Heating, Ventilation, Air conditioning

systems.

Lobby Control: Lobby Control directs

incoming companies to the correct stairwell and

maintains records of F.D. resources entering

and leaving the building. Additionally, L.C.

keeps alert for changes in the _______. L.C.

assists in the movement of building occupants

to safe areas in an orderly fashion

Enunciator/fire control room

Staging: The purpose of staging is two fold:

1. Manpower/equipment to be gathered in an

area where they may be quickly assigned

2. Staging can also provide for previously

assigned companies an area for

rehabilitation, equipment change and first

aid.

Optimum location for staging is ____ floors

below the initially confirmed firefloor

Page 104: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

104

2

11.3.2 - STRUCTURE FIRE STANDARD

OPERATING PROCEDURE

3/3/2016

The first arriving company officer is

responsible for:

1.Performing an initial size-up.

2.Transmitting the size-up radio report to

(LACC).

3.Developing an (IAP) to determine the initial

operational mode.

4.Determining operational mode for initial

actions.

5.Taking initial actions consistent with

operational mode, incident priorities, and

tactical operations

6.Ensuring appropriate water supply can

support initial actions.

7.Establishing the Incident Command System.

The incident commander (IC) is responsible for:

1.Incident management.

2.Determining and/or confirming the

Page 105: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

105

operational mode and communicating it

over the ________ and ______ Channels.

3.Determining incident objectives.

4.Communicating the current operational

mode and providing status reports to LACC

5.Establishing an appropriate incident

command post (ICP) with ICP support as

necessary

6.Ensuring a standby (RIC) is in place for

interior fire attack operations

Incident Command, Tactical

The incident safety officer is responsible for:

1.Identifying and evaluating hazards, based

on the current operational mode, and

advising the IC

2.Altering, suspending, or ________ any

unsafe activity based on the current

operational mode

3.Investigating accidents and near misses

involving Department personnel.

terminating

Company officers are responsible for:

1.Reporting automatic holding position on

Page 106: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

106

appropriate command channel.

2.Performing in the appropriate ICS role (e.g.,

IC, ops, division/group supervisor etc.).

3.Ensuring resources are utilizing appropriate

communication plan

4.Knowing what the current operational mode

is at all times

5.Ensuring an available thermal imaging

camera, or equivalent equipment is used to

search for victims

6.Ensuring appropriate water supply can

support incident needs.

7.Maintaining company unity.

8.Providing safety briefings.

9.Providing status reports to the

Division/Group Supervisor, Operations

Section Chief or the IC.

10. Releasing the assigned communications

plan when not needed

Chief officers are responsible for:

1. Performing in the role of IC, Operations

Section Chief, Branch Director,

Division/Group Supervisor, Incident Safety

Officer, or _______

Page 107: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

107

2. Ensuring the communication plan is

appropriate for the incident.

3. While en-route, monitoring radio traffic and

providing direction via radio, as needed.

Agency Representative

Page 108: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

108

• The LACC is responsible for:

1.Maintaining radio communications with the

IC and ensuring all requests for resources

and info are addressed.

2.Assigning radio channels to the

communications plan when requested by the

IC or as policy dictates

3.Starting an incident timer upon arrival of

the first arriving resource on all working

structure fires and making an announcement

every ___ until personnel are no longer

working in (IDLH) environments.

Ten minutes

Incident priorities for a structure fire are:

1.Protection of life

2.Incident stabilization through fire control

3._________________

Property/environment protection and

conservation

Operational modes: After identifying the

objectives supporting the incident priorities, the

IC identifies and communicates the proper

Page 109: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

109

operational mode through the analysis of

information gathered during the size-up process

and 360 building assessment. The following

are the operational modes:

1.Investigation mode

2.Offensive mode

_________ fire attack

Interior fire attack

3.Defensive mode

Transitional

• Command: The management of resources at

structure fires will adhere to the National

Interagency Management System-ICS

Operational System Description policy and the

________ California Field Operations Guide

policy.

FIRESCOPE

Elevator Use:

1.Elevators should not be utilized for initial

investigation and/or fire attack.

2.Elevators should not be used as a logistics

transport until deemed safe by the IC.

3.The responsibility for the use of elevators

Page 110: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

110

rests with the ____

IC

• Additional alarms: Requests for additional

alarms from the IC shall include staging

location(s) or base location, identification of the

staging manager, and ______

route of travel

Size-up: Upon arrival, the first arriving

officer/IC is responsible for evaluating fire

conditions and providing initial radio size-up

report to the LACC. Evaluation of fire

conditions includes:

1.Locating the fire (attempt from an exterior

location)

2.Identifying the _______

3.Structure fire size up report

4.360 building assessment

flow path

Page 111: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

111

Structure fire size-up report

1) Location of fire by address.

2) Products of combustion (e.g., fire,

light/heavy smoke, nothing showing, etc.).

3) Numerical floor height and type of

occupancy (e.g., two story commercial).

4) _________ (e.g., exposures; location of

fire; operational mode, if determined).

Special instructions

➢ First arriving officer/IC is responsible for

conducting a 360 building assessment of the

structure involved. Where impractical, the IC

should delegate an individual or other resource

to view parts of the structure unseen by the IC

The following are guidelines for 360 building

assessment:

1.Identify known or potential rescue

problems.

2.Identify active and potential flow path of

fire and fire gasses.

3.Identify the location and extent of fire.

4.Determine the size, age, and construction

Page 112: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

112

type of the building.

5.____________.

6.Identify other hazards (i.e., electrical,

exposures, and access).

Assess structural stability

Follow up report: Based on the initial size up

report, and 360 building assessment, the

company or chief officer who will be assuming

command is responsible for providing a radio

follow up report to LACC.

1.Identify the incident with a one or two

syllable geographic name (e.g., Sunset IC,

BeiiiC, etc.).

2.Identify the incident command post

location.

3.State other pertinent information (general

situation status, additional resources, etc.).

4._____________.

5.State the check-in location and travel routes.

6.Confirm communication plan, if needed

Announce operational mode

➢ Manage the flow path: If a flow path is visible,

consider closing doors and windows to limit air

Page 113: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

113

flow. Before closing, firefighters should rescue

victims readily accessible via doors/windows

➢ Ensure appropriate water supply to support fire

flow. The first arriving engine or quint shall

ensure a secure water source is established.

➢ Cool the space from the most effective

location: The primary goal in this step is to

reduce the thermal threat to occupants and

firefighters as soon as reasonably possible.

• Change operational mode as needed: The IC

shall continually assess fire conditions based on

status reports and determine if a change to the

operational mode is required. All operational

modes and fire attack changes shall be

announced over the ______ and _____ radios.

Command, tactical

➢ Extinguish the fire: Once the thermal threats

have been controlled, the fire should be

extinguished.

The ____ shall ensure that a standby crew/rapid

intervention crew (RIC) is in place for interior

Page 114: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

114

fire attack operations.

IC

Rescue: A victim ______ must be made prior

to initiating search and rescue operations.

survivability assessment

➢ While protection of life is the highest incident

priority, consideration should be given to

suppression of the fire (e.g., exterior water

application to cool the fire, rapid interior fire

attack to extinguish the fire, flow path control

to limit fire growth) to improve survivability of

victims and firefighters.

• Exposure protection: When given the

assignment of exposures, the group leader shall

develop an ________ to prevent the fire from

extending to uninvolved buildings or other

compartments within the building of origin.

exposure protection plan

• Exposure Protection: OPS Chief and/or

Group/Division Supervisor leader should

Page 115: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

115

consider the following:

1.Assess all sides of the involved structure.

2.Assess the structural integrity to determine

the safe location for hand lines and/or

master stream operations

3.Assess the potential threat to surrounding

structures based on the current and expected

fire behavior.

4.Coordinate tactical operations with fire

attack and ventilation group.

5.Request needed resources.

6.Secure needed water supply.

➢ Coordinated Ventilation: Personnel shall

control and manage the openings of the

structure to limit the fire’s access to oxygen

while removing smoke, heat, and steam.

➢ Coordinated ventilation: All ventilation must

be coordinated with suppression and

search/rescue operations so

1.the fire is controlled and extinguished

2.survivable space for viable victims is

optimized.

When given the assignment of ventilation, the

Page 116: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

116

group leader shall:

1.Determine the type of ventilation operations

required to support the strategic objectives

of the incident

2.Determine the needs of fire attack using

face to face or radio communication.

Coordinate all ventilation operations with

the division/group/unit assigned to fire

attack

3.Select and implement coordinated

ventilation techniques to improve interior

conditions for potential victims and interior

crews and limit fire growth.

4.Continually assess the effectiveness of

coordinated ventilation operations through

observation and information received from

division and group supervisors (e.g., fire

attack and search).

5.Recognize the roof operations may not be

assigned and/or may be discontinued.

6.Provide periodic status reports to the IC

If communication with interior suppression

crews, division/group supervisor, operations

section chief, or IC does not exist and

Page 117: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

117

coordination is not possible, ventilation shall

not be performed

➢ Recognize that roof operations may not be

assigned and/or may be discontinued if the

following occur:

1.Fire is extending through the roof and the

ability to vertically ventilate is compromised

2.The IC or company officer determines risk

outweighs the benefit

3.The IC has determined that the incident is in

defensive mode

➢ Utilities: During a working structure fire,

utilities shall be shut off. The utility company

representatives shall be requested to respond

when services have been disrupted.

• _______ is the protection of buildings and their

contents from unnecessary damage due to

water, smoke, heat, and other elements.

Salvage

➢ Salvage should be a concern during every phase

of the incident, from forcible entry to overhaul.

Page 118: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

118

• _______ involves searching for and

extinguishing any hidden, remaining fire and

making sure that the structure, its contents, and

the fire area are in safe condition.

Overhaul

• _______ encompasses fire cause determination

and recognizing and preserving any evidence of

arson.

Overhaul

• The ___ shall be responsible for establishing

the occupant support functions at emergency

incidents.

IC

➢ Resource allocation: Effective use of on-scene

resources is required to address the incident

priorities. The IC shall consider allocating

resources for the following:

1.Investigation of potential risks/problems on

the fire ground.

2.Establishing the ICS.

3.Rescue/fire attack/property conservation.

4.Establishing standby crew/RIC

Page 119: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

119

5.Ensuring adequate water supply to support

fire flow.

6.Coordinated ventilation.

7.Securing utilities.

8.Supporting fixed fire protection systems.

9.Salvage operations

10. Incident command post support

Responsibilities of first-arriving company

(engine, quint, or light force) resources

responding on a working structure fire:

1.Position engine past structure or stop short

to leave room for quint/truck.

2.Transmit radio size-up report.

3.Assume command or take initial actions. If

taking initial actions, pass command to a

specified fire ground officer

4.Quints arriving first at structure fires should

use water supply and pumping capabilities

of the apparatus until relieved.

5.Ensure appropriate water supply to support

fire flow (establish a primary water source

in the absence of life safety concerns)

• Consider a second supply on any working fire

Page 120: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

120

where the following conditions exist:

1.________ structure

2.Large volume of fire

3.Exposure problems

Commercial

• When first alarm resources take initial actions,

pass command to a specified ______

fire ground officer

Responsibilities of Second-arriving company

resources responding on a first alarm working

structure fire:

1.Announce automatic holding location.

2.Assume command, if assigned.

a. Communicate the assignment of

crewmembers

b.Request and assign additional resources

3.Ensure adequate water supply to support

fire flow.

4.Support the actions of assessing the fire,

limiting fire growth, and tactical actions

• When assuming command, if assigned,

communicate, by radio or face-to-face, the

Page 121: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

121

assignment of crewmembers to a

____________

supervising company officer

• Responsibilities of additional company’s

resources responding on a first alarm working

structure fire:

1) Automatic holding- announce location

and available ______.

2) Support the actions of assessing the fire,

limiting fire growth and tactical actions as

assigned.

water supply

Responsibilities of First-arriving squad

responding on a first alarm working structure

fire:

1) Automatic holding - announce location

and available water supply.

2) Support the actions of assessing the fire,

limiting fire growth, and tactical actions as

assigned.

3) _________________________________

Determine appropriate location for rehab

and medical treatment area.

Page 122: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

122

➢ Resource deployment of first arriving chief

officer shall assume the duties of IC

➢ Resource deployment for Additional chief

officers:

1) Operations Section Chief

2) Division/Group Supervisor

3) Incident Safety Officer

4) Initial IC/BC becomes Deputy IC upon

arrival and transfer of command to next

arriving or higher ranking chief officer.

5) Based on the needs and complexity of the

incident, the IC role may be passed to another

Chief Officer

APPENDIX I

➢ The following are guidelines for 360 building

assessment:

1. Identify known or potential rescue

problems.

2. Identify active and potential flow path of

fire and fire gasses.

3. Identify the location and extent of fire.

4. Determine the size, age, and construction

Page 123: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

123

type of the building.

5. Assess structural stability.

6. Identify other hazards (e.g., electrical,

exposures, and access).

➢ Coordinate Attack: The effective

communication between incident command,

divisions, and groups, while operating on the

fire ground in the designated operational mode.

➢ Defensive Mode: Operational mode initiated

when fire conditions prevent an interior attack.

Attack lines and all personnel operate outside

the collapse zone using defensive tactics

• _________: The process of ensuring the

entrance door(s) providing access to the fire

area is controlled and closed as much as

possible after teams enter the structure. The

firefighter controls the flow path of fire

conditions from the high pressure of the fire

area towards the low pressure area on the other

side of the door. Door control also limits fire

development by controlling the flow path of

fresh air at the lower level of the open door

towards the seat of the fire.

Page 124: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

124

Door Control

Page 125: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

125

• _________: The near-simultaneous ignition of

most of the directly exposed combustible

material in an enclosed area due to thermal

radiation. This causes the fire to spread rapidly

throughout the space, resulting in fire

involvement of the entire compartment or

enclosed space.

Flashover

• _________: The movement of heat and fire

gasses from the higher pressure within the fire

area towards the lower pressure areas accessible

via doors, window openings, and roof

structures. As the heated fire gasses are moving

towards the low pressure areas, the energy of

the fire is pulling in additional oxygen from the

low pressure areas.

Flow Path

• _________: The tactic of controlling or closing

ventilation points, which will:

1. Limit additional oxygen into the space

thereby limiting fire development, heat

release rate, and smoke

Page 126: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

126

2. Control the movement of the heat and

smoke conditions out of the fire area to the

exterior and to other areas within the

structure.

Flow Path Control

• _________: A fire in which the heat release

rate and fire growth are controlled by the

characteristics of the fuel because adequate

oxygen is available for combustion.

Fuel Limited Fire

• _________: The stage of fire development

when the fire has reached its peak heat release

rate within a compartment. This usually occurs

after flashover, resulting in floor to ceiling

burning within the compartment, creating heat

conditions untenable for civilians and

firefighters.

Fully Developed Stage

• _________: The stage of fire development

when the heat release rate from an incipient fire

has increased to the point where heat

transferred from the fire and the combustion

Page 127: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

127

products are pyrolyzing adjacent fuel sources.

The fire begins to spread across the ceiling of

the fire compartment (rollover).

Growth Stage

➢ Horizontal Ventilation: The opening or

removal of windows or doors on any floor of a

fire building which will become flow paths for

fire conditions

• _________: The early stage of fire

development where the fire's progression is

limited to a fuel source and the thermal hazard

is localized to the area of the burning material.

Ignition Stage

• _________: A thorough assessment or

investigation into the nature of the problem,

type, and severity of the incident that provides

the information needed to evaluate and decide on

the operational mode.

Investigation Mode

• _________: Fires that primarily consist of

natural fiber contents, such as wood, wools, and

Page 128: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

128

cottons. These fires have a relatively low heat

release rate when compared to hydrocarbon

based products.

Legacy Fire

Page 129: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

129

• _________: Fires that involve hydrocarbon and

synthetic based contents, such as foam rubber,

nylon, rayon, and polypropylene. Modern fires

have a relatively high heat release rate when

compared to the natural fiber products found in

legacy fires.

Modern Content Fire

➢ Offensive mode: An operational mode that

takes direct action to mitigate the problem.

Attack lines are operated within the collapse

zone, most often an interior attack

• _________: The transformation of materials

into their basic compound when subjected to

heat. Contents will continue to off gas and add

to the flammable fuel load within the

compartment as long as the material is

subjected to elevated temperatures

Pyrolysis

• _________: Occurs in the growth stage when

sufficient fuel, heat, and oxygen are available to

allow flame spread in the upper hot gas layer

Page 130: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

130

inside the compartment.

Rollover

• When observed at the ceiling level, rollover

shall be taken as an indicator that fire

conditions are rapidly deteriorating and

_______ may be imminent.

flashover

• _________: The combination of airborne solid

particulates, liquid particulates, and gasses

emitted when a material undergoes pyrolysis or

combustion. Smoke is a heated fuel source.

Smoke

• Smoke is a toxic mixture that contains

numerous poisonous gasses, such as carbon

monoxide, hydrogen cyanide, and ________

phosgene

• _________: Firefighting operation where water

is applied from an exterior position to the

interior of a structure to reduce the thermal

threat and cool the environment just prior to

initiating interior operations.

Page 131: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

131

Transitional Fire Attack

• _________: The controlled and coordinated

removal of heat and smoke from a structure,

replacing the escaping gasses with fresh air.

This exchange is bidirectional with heat and

smoke exhausting at the top and air flowing in

towards the fire at the bottom. The fire will

pull the additional air flow into the building

towards the fire which can intensify the fire

conditions.

Ventilation

• _________: A flashover initiated by the

introduction of oxygen into a pre-heated, fuel

rich (smoke filled), oxygen deficient area.

Modern content fires rapidly consume more of

the available oxygen within the fire area

creating conditions favorable to a possible

ventilation induced flashover.

Ventilation Induced Flashover

Page 132: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

132

• _________: A fire in which the heat release

rate and fire growth are regulated by the

available oxygen within the space.

Ventilation Limited Fire

• _________: The appearance of the fire

building's ventilation points showing the flow

paths of heat and smoke out of the structure, as

well as any air movement into the structure.

During the ventilation profile, assess the

following:

1.Building construction, integrity, size, and

occupancy type.

2.Location of smoke or fire venting /from the

structure.

3.The volume, velocity, density, and color of

the smoke venting from the structure to

determine its current phase and potential for

fire growth.

4.The direction and speed of the wind and its

potential influence.

Ventilation Profile

➢ Vertical ventilation: The vertical venting of

Page 133: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

133

structures involving the opening of bulkhead

doors, skylights, scuttles and roof cutting

operations.

➢ Victim Survivability Assessment: The

evaluation of smoke and fire conditions inside

the structure, structural integrity, and other fire

ground conditions to determine if victims could

survive on the inside of a structure.

Appendix II – UL Studies

Review the following studies on the Training Service Section's "Reference" Intranet page

http://fireiis/TrainingServices/Reference.asp : if interested “SEE MANUALS”

Appendix III

OPERATIONAL MODES OF ATTACK

➢ Operational Mode: After identifying the

objectives that support the incident priorities,

the operational mode will be selected for the

incident. The IC shall communicate the current

operational mode to on scene resources. The IC

identifies the proper operational mode through

the analysis of information gathered during the

size-up process to determine:

✓ Location and extent of fire- Where is the

fire burning and where is it headed? What

Page 134: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

134

is burning?

✓ Fire effect- Is structural integrity

compromised?

✓ Survivability of occupants- Is the interior

environment of the structure survivable?

✓ Savable property - Is there property to

save?

✓ Entry and tenability- Can firefighters

access the interior?

✓ Coordinated ventilation - Can ventilation

operations be performed and coordinated?

✓ Resources needed -Are sufficient

resources available for the initial attack?

It is the responsibility of the IC to decide on the

operational mode. The operational modes are:

1.Investigation

2.Offensive

1. ________ Fire Attack

2. Interior Fire Attack

3.Defensive

Transitional

➢ The first arriving officer has the responsibility

to investigate the scene. The size up and 360

Page 135: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

135

assessment provides the information needed to

evaluate and decide on the operational mode.

The investigation mode allows the company

officer time to develop a plan.

Page 136: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

136

• Responding companies not requested to assist

with the investigation shall hold _____ out until

given an assignment. While holding,

companies shall locate available water supplies

that may be used to support firefighting

operations.

one block

• During an offensive mode operation, fire

conditions will allow for a transitional fire

attack or an ____________

interior fire attack.

• ______________: The action of a hose stream

being applied from the exterior to cool the

interior environment of a structure fire before

entering to initiate interior fire attack

operations. Applying a hose stream from the

exterior reduces the thermal threat and cools the

interior environment.

Transitional fire attack

➢ Offensive: Handlines are extended into the fire

area to support the primary search and to

Page 137: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

137

control the spread of the fire, while support

activities, such as coordinated ventilation, and

RIC are provided to support interior crews. It is

imperative that company officers maintain

communications with the IC and each other to

provide status updates on the location of the

fire, the effectiveness of coordinated ventilation

operations, and the building’s integrity.

➢ Defensive: During the defensive mode, fire

conditions advance to the point where there is a

danger of imminent collapse, there is little

chance of saving lives or property, or there are

insufficient resources on scene to safely sustain

an interior fire attack. During active defensive

operations, perimeter control becomes critical

since firefighters are not permitted to enter the

uncontrolled interior fire area.

CHAPTER 4 – URBAN SEARCH AND RESCUE

11.4.1 – CONFINE SPACE INCIDENTS

1/23/14

➢ California Occupational Safety and Health

Administration (CAL/OSHA) regulates the

management of a confined space incident.

Page 138: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

138

The first arriving company is responsible for

providing initial size up, initiating the Incident

Command procedures, and taking appropriate

action.

➢ Hazardous Materials (HazMat) personnel and

Urban Search and Rescue (USAR) personnel

are responsible for providing the IC with

technical information, conducting and/or

coordinating procedures to minimize effects of

the hazards, and providing technical assistance

and abilities as required to accomplish the

mission objectives. They shall be trained as

confined space rescue technicians.

The Department’s USAR Task Forces are

staffed with a minimum of six certified

confined space rescue personnel required to

effect a confined space rescue. These positions

include: rescue group supervisor, assistant

safety officer, attendant, two entrants and an air

supply manager.

The Assistant safety officer (ASO) – is

responsible for the area where the confined

Page 139: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

139

space team is working. He/she reports to the

____________

incident safety officer.

• The ASO has emergency authority to prevent or

stop unsafe acts that present an immediate

danger to life or health. This position confers

with the _____________

rescue group supervisor.

➢ The ASO shall be a current confined space

rescue technician and shall wear an appropriate

“position” vest.

Only confined space rescue technicians shall

make entry into permitted confined spaces.

• The _______ shall be responsible for the

overall operations conducted in the exclusion

zone.

rescue group supervisor

The _________ shall authorize the rescue entry

permit, ensure a written log is maintained,

secure the operational area to prevent

Page 140: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

140

unauthorized persons from entering, and verify

that 1) atmospheric monitoring tests are

performed and 2) the required equipment is

used.

rescue group supervisor

• The __________ is responsible for canceling

the entry permit or stopping the operation if a

problem or safety concern becomes apparent.

rescue group supervisor

➢ The rescue group supervisor shall be a current

confined space rescue technician and shall wear

an appropriate “position” vest.

• The _________ shall be responsible for

operating breathing air systems for entry teams

and reports rescue group supervisor

air supply manager

• The _________ shall be responsible for

managing the entry point and ensure that

rigging is correct.

entry team manager

Page 141: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

141

The _______ shall be responsible for the

welfare of the entrants while they are in the

confined space and will be the only person

making contact with the entrants. The

individual stationed outside the confined space,

at the point of entry, who monitors and

maintains communication with the entrants.

attendant

The _____ is responsible for primary entry into

the confined space and conduct search and

rescue for the victim(s).

entrant(s)

➢ The backup entrant(s) shall be responsible for

emergency assistance to the entrants in the

confined space. Backup entrant(s) may assist

the attendant with rigging, atmospheric

monitoring, and scene set-up as long as it will

not interfere with being able to immediately act

as a backup.

All sworn personnel will have a minimum ____

hours of confined space awareness training.

four

Page 142: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

142

The strategic priorities of this Department in

dealing with confined space incidents in order

of importance are:

1.Protection of life.

2.Protection of the environment.

3.________________

Protection of property and equipment.

All confined spaces shall be considered

Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health

(IDLH) until positively proven otherwise for

the following conditions in the order given:

1.Oxygen content.

2.______________.

3.Potential toxic air contaminants.

Flammable gases and vapors

Only personnel who have completed the Los

Angeles County Fire Department's Confined

Space Rescue Technician course shall make

entry or function in designated confined space

positions.

Personnel may also obtain this training by

completing the California State Fire Marshal

Page 143: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

143

Confined Space Rescue Technician course.

Upon completion of the class, personnel must

attend a Los Angeles County Fire Department

16-hour Confined Space “cross-over” class to

be certified with the Department. Personnel

shall request this class through the

____________

Department USAR Coordinator.

➢ Space Rescue Technician course. All

certified personnel who wish to remain certified

shall complete the mandated annual continuing

education as specified by CAL-OSHA Title 8.

➢ The testing of the atmosphere shall be done

prior to entry, continued throughout entry, and a

written record maintained and kept on site until

the incident is completed.

➢ When the space is entered from a top opening (a depth of 5 feet or greater), the following requirements shall apply:

A. A Class 3 harness shall be worn.

B. A hoisting system shall be in place and

attached for lifting personnel out of the

confined space.

Page 144: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

144

C. Fall arrest precautions shall be

implemented whenever personnel could fall

from their work area.

➢ The primary form of communication will be a

hard wire communication system, then hand

held radio as an alternative

➢ The command post for a confined space

incident will be located out of the immediate

operational area and yet within line of sight to

the area.

Who should determine the appropriate

command post and staging locations and have

FCCF relay the information.

first arriving officer

➢ Name the six phases of a Confine Space

Incident

1. Phase 1: Scene Preparation

Step One: Assessment

Step Two: Staffing and Equipment

Step Three: Make the operational area

safe

2. Phase 2: Entry Preparation

Page 145: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

145

3. Phase 3: Atmospheric Monitoring

4. Phase 4: Entry

5. Phase 5: Victim Removal

6. Phase 6: Termination

Page 146: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

146

Phase 1: Scene Preparation:

➢ Step One: Assessment: Size-up: An initial

size-up of the incident.

a. Locate and secure the job site foreman or a

reliable witness.

b.Determine the location and number of

victims.

c. Obtain blueprints, maps or have on-site

personnel draw a sketch of the site.

d.Determine the mechanisms of entrapment or

nature of illness.

e. Make a decision as to whether this is a

"rescue” or “recovery”.

f. Determine number of entry points and

locations.

g.Start an Incident Command Worksheet for a

confined space incident.

h.Recognition and identification of known

and potential hazards.

Exclusion zone should be identified and

isolated by the use of yellow fire line tape, rope,

or other suitable barrier. A ___-foot perimeter

is preferred for an exclusion zone and may

Page 147: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

147

expand depending on the incident.

50

The support zone shall be identified by the use

of fire line tape to a ____-foot perimeter beyond

the exclusion zone.

100

➢ The support zone will contain within its

boundaries: the incident command post (ICP),

medical group, equipment cache, air supply

vehicle, rehab, support personnel, and

additional personnel and equipment.

➢ Step Two: Staffing and Equipment: A

Confined Space Rescue Team can consist of the

following positions: Rescue Group Supervisor,

Entry Team Manager, Attendant, ASO –

Confined Space, Air Supply Manager, and four

Entrants (two for primary entry and two for

back-up). Note: The exception would be a

space only large enough for one rescuer. In this

case, the confined space rescue team shall

consist of a minimum of: rescue group

supervisor, attendant, primary entrant(s), and

Page 148: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

148

backup entrant(s).

➢ Ensure one basic life support (BLS)

ambulance and/or an air squad is assigned,

adequate air supply with battalion air cache

and/or mobile air utility, ensure a rehab area is

established along with staffing by a medical

unit.

➢ Step Three: Make the operational area

safe. The primary hazard to consider in a

confined space is the potential for a hazardous

or oxygen-deficient atmosphere.

• All confined spaces shall be considered ______

until positively proven otherwise with an

appropriate atmospheric direct reading

instrument.

IDLH

Phase 2: Entry Preparation:

• Ensure lock-out, tag-out, and blank-out

procedures are complete.

Page 149: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

149

a. All fixed mechanical devices and equipment

capable of causing injury shall be placed in

a zero mechanical state (ZMS).

b.All electrical equipment, excluding lighting,

shall be locked out in the open (off) position

with a key-type padlock.

c. All hydraulic lines or feed lines must be

disconnected and blanked or blinded,

locked, and tagged.

d.The key shall remain with the ________.

ASO

➢ In cases where lock-out is not possible,

equipment shall be properly tagged and

physical security provided. This would mean a

firefighter will stand guard until the rescue has

been completed.

• All locked-out utilities shall be locked with a

key-type padlock and tagged with a _______

confined space lock-out tag

➢ Ensure that only confined space rescue

technicians enter the actual space, and that they

Page 150: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

150

are equipped with respiratory protection that is

best suited for that particular incident or task:

either SCBA and/or SABA. At no time shall a

SCBA be removed from a confined space

rescue technician’s back to make entry into a

confined space.

• No team member shall enter a confined space

with any electronic device unless approved by

the IC, rescue group supervisor and the ______.

The approval will be based on atmospheric

monitoring.

ASO

➢ Every entrant of each entry team shall be

equipped with the following items:

a. A minimum of three light sources of

intrinsically safe lighting.

b.Proper protective equipment as deemed

necessary by the Incident Commander. At

the very least, each Entry Team member

shall wear Nomex brush coat and pants, or

Nomex jumpsuit, boots, gloves, and a

confined space-type helmet. In a possible

flammable atmosphere, a Nomex hood shall

Page 151: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

151

be worn. Goggles may be needed for eye

protection when SCBA or SABA is not

worn.

c. Every Entrant shall wear a Class 3 harness.

A retrieval line attached to the "D" ring

between the shoulders on the harness.

Phase 3: Atmospheric Monitoring

Atmospheric monitoring shall occur prior to

and during all entries into a confined space. All

atmospheres shall be tested in the following

order:

a. Oxygen content.

b.Flammable gases and vapors.

c. Potential ____________

toxic air contaminants

The following levels shall be considered as

IDLH:

a. Oxygen deficiency < ___%

b.Oxygen enrichment > 23.5%

c. Flammability at 10% of Lower Explosive

Limit.

Page 152: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

152

d.Toxicity shall be any limit whose numerical

value exceeds the permissible exposure

limit in accordance with State regulations

19.5

• All atmospheric readings shall be recorded on

the Rescue Entry Permit and the _______

Attendant's Worksheet

Phase 4: Entry

Prior to entry, each team member shall be

logged on the rescue entry permit with their

time of entry. This function shall be assigned to

the ______, who shall keep the rescue group

supervisor apprised of the status of the team via

the entry team manager.

attendant

General guidelines recommend that entry teams

be limited to ___minutes in most spaces.

30

• Upon removal from the space, each team shall

immediately report to _____

Page 153: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

153

Rehab.

Phase 5: Victim Removal

Phase 6: Termination

➢ Have a responsible party (i.e., law

enforcement, OSHA, or FD) seal entry points to

ensure no additional entry.

All confined space rescue entry permits, forms,

etc., shall be sent to the Department’s

_________ for filing per Cal- OSHA

regulations.

Technical Operations Section

Definitions

• ______________ an individual assigned to

operate the air supply manifold system and

manage the air supply area. This individual

manages the ventilation team, line tenders,

mobile air unit operator and logs air supplies of

personnel entering a space. This position shall

be filled with a current confined space rescue

technician.

Air Supply Manager

Page 154: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

154

• _________ is an individual stationed outside the

confined space, at the point of entry, who

monitors and maintains communication with

the entrants. This position shall be filled with a

current confined space rescue technician.

Attendant

• ___________: The absolute closure of a pipe,

line, or duct by the fastening of a solid plate

that completely covers the bore and that is

capable of withstanding the maximum pressure

of the pipe, line, or duct with no leakage

beyond the plate. Blanking and Blinding

➢ Confined Space: As defined by Title 8, must

consist of all three of the following:

A. Is large enough and so configured that a

person can enter and perform work.

B. Has limited or restricted means for

entry/exit (i.e., tanks, vessels, silos, storage

bins, hoppers, vaults, etc.)

C. Is not designed for continuous occupancy.

• Confined Space Awareness Level: Sworn

Page 155: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

155

personnel who have attended the Los Angeles

County Fire Department's ____ hour "First

Responder" course in Confined Space Entry

and Rescue. Note: Awareness level personnel

are prohibited from entering any permit-

required confined space for any reason.

four

➢ Confine Space Rescue Team: Sworn

personnel who have successfully completed the

Los Angeles County Fire Department's

Confined Space Rescue Technician course (or

California State Fire Marshal Confined Space

Rescue Technician course with Department

Confined Space Rescue Technician “cross-

over” class). The Confined Space Rescue

Technician shall maintain Continuing

Education (CE) as mandated by CAL-OSHA.

Page 156: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

156

➢ Confined Space, Permit Required: As defined

by Title 8, must meet the definition of a

confined space and have one or more of the

following characteristics:

a) Contains or has the potential to contain a

hazardous atmosphere.

b) Contains material that has the potential for

engulfing an entrant.

c) Has an internal configuration such that an

entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by

inwardly converging walls or by a floor that

slopes downward and tapers to a smaller

cross-section.

d) Contains any other recognized serious

safety or health hazard.

➢ Entry Permit: A permit required for entry

into a confined space. Entry cannot be made

until the confined space entry permit has been

completed and approved. The entry permit

should cover confined space preparation,

personal protective equipment, safety devices,

atmospheric monitoring tests, and required

procedures.

Page 157: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

157

➢ Hazardous Atmosphere: An atmosphere that

may expose employees to the risk of death,

incapacitation, impairment of ability to self-

rescue, injury, or acute illness from one or more

of the following causes:

a) Flammable gas, vapor, or mist in excess

of its lower explosive limit (LEL).

b) Airborne combustible dust at a

concentration that meets or exceeds its LEL.

A concentration in which visibility is

obscured at a distance of five feet or less is

a general rule.

➢ Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health

(IDLH): Any condition that poses an

immediate or delayed threat to life or that

would cause irreversible adverse health effects

or that would interfere with an individual's

ability to escape unaided from a confined space.

Line Tenders: Consist of a minimum of ___

personnel, (i.e. an engine company), and will

tend air lines and communication cables under

the direction of the air supply manager. They

may also assist in the setup of the air supply

Page 158: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

158

area and obtain air bottles from units on scene.

four

• Litter Team: Consists of four personnel, (i.e.,

an engine company), and will be used for the

transportation of the victim from the exit

point to the Medical Group Treatment Area.

The litter team reports to the _________. At

no time should they come within ten feet of

the space until signaled by the entry team

manager.

entry team manager

➢ Lower Explosive Limit: The lower limit of

the flammability range of a gas or vapor at

ordinary ambient temperatures expressed in

percent of the gas or vapor in air by volume.

➢ Oxygen Depleted: An atmosphere that

contains less than 19.5% oxygen (Normal air

contains approx. 21% oxygen).

➢ Oxygen Enriched: Any air concentration that

contains greater than 23.5% oxygen.

Page 159: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

159

➢ Rescue Group Supervisor: Shall be

responsible for the overall operations conducted

in the operational area. Authorizes the Rescue

Entry Permit and ensures that a written log is

maintained. This position shall be filled with a

current confined space rescue technician.

➢ Entry Team Manager: Shall be responsible for

managing the entry point and assuring that

rigging is correct. This position shall be filled

with a current confined space rescue technician.

➢ Rigging Team: Constructs the rope rescue

systems to facilitate the insertion and retrieval

of personnel and or victim(s). Reports to the

entry team manager or attendant, if necessary.

Page 160: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

160

11.4.2 – CANINE SEARCH POLICY

6/19/14

• Canine Search Team (CST): A highly-trained

search team consisting of a search canine and

handler. Must be Department endorsed and

certified by the Department of Homeland

Security/Federal Emergency Management

Agency (DHS/FEMA) National Disaster Search

Canine Readiness Evaluation Process every

______ years.

three (3)

➢ Canine Search Strike Team: Shall consist of

two CST and a qualified search team manager.

Page 161: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

161

• The ______ of the Emergency Operations shall

be responsible for approval of selected

CST/Canine Search Team In Training (CST-

IT).

chief deputy

• The _______ of Emergency Operations are

responsible for approval of all releases for

CST/CST-IT from regularly assigned work

locations.

deputy chiefs

➢ The battalion chief of the Technical

Operations Section is responsible for:

a. The management of the CST/CST-IT

program.

b.Processing releases for travel/training

associated with CST/CST-IT activities

c. Approval and processing of all allowable

reimbursement requests related to CST

operations. Feeding, Veterinarian care, and

required training costs are the responsibility

of the Department.

Page 162: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

162

d.Approval for the use of Depart. vehicles for

transportation within LA County related to

the CST Program

e. Facilitating required approvals for the use of

Department vehicles outside of Los Angeles

County related to the CST Program

• The ____________ shall be responsible for

approving the use of an appropriate Department

vehicle for transporting a CST to approved

training sites within Los Angeles County

jurisdiction or to an incident.

jurisdictional battalion chief

➢ The administrative site supervisor shall ensure

that all personnel are aware of the needs of the

canine and provide for its safety and well-

being.

• Department CST/CST-IT handlers shall be

responsible for:

1. The control, training, record keeping, and

well-being of their assigned search canine

both on and off duty.

Page 163: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

163

2. Maintaining qualification as a handler in

accordance with the licensing or certifying

agency.

3. Ensuring that all required certifications,

licenses, and vaccinations for the search

canine are maintained.

4. Establishing and maintaining a CST/CST-

IT file at both the handler’s administrative

site and the _______

Technical Operations Section.

➢ This file must contain the following items:

1. Alternate canine care provider information

should the handler be unable to provide care

for any reason.

2. Phone number and contact procedure for the

emergency contact person shall be

maintained at the program manager’s site

file, handler’s work location, dog run, and

with the canine portable enclosure.

• Department CST/CST-IT handlers shall be

responsible for:

1. Notifying both the battalion chief of the

__________ and the canine coordinator,

Page 164: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

164

whenever the CST is not available for

emergency response.

2. Providing notification to the handler's on-duty

admin. site supervisor if the CST is deployed

while off duty.

Technical Operations Section

• When a need for additional canine search

specialists is identified interested candidates

shall submit a letter of interest to the

_________________

Department search canine coordinator

• The Department will recognize and endorse a

maximum of _______ CSTs. The Department

may also approve up to two (2) CST-ITs to be

certified CSTs.

fourteen (14)

➢ CST/CST-IT canines must be recognized and

certified by the DHS/FEMA National Disaster

Search Canine Readiness Evaluation Process

prior to deploying on an assignment as one of

the Department’s CSTs.

Page 165: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

165

• CST-IT may be removed from the CST

program by the battalion chief of the Technical

Operations Section after ____ failures of the

DHS/FEMA test

two

• CST certification shall be evaluated every

_____ years according to the DHS/FEMA

National Disaster Search Canine Readiness

Evaluation process.

three (3)

• CST/CST-IT canines shall not accompany their

handler during routine daily duties and

assignments away from the administrative site

without the specific approval from the

_____________

jurisdictional battalion chief

• Requests for releases shall be coordinated

through the ________

Technical Operations Section.

Page 166: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

166

• CST handlers will be permitted _____ release

up to six (6) hours from duty per month for

sanctioned canine training. CST-IT will be

permitted ______ releases up to six (6) hours

from duty per month for sanctioned canine

training.

one (1), two (2)

• Travel training requests shall be initiated

through the _________ and approved through

channels by the North Region Operations

deputy chief, for training conducted outside of

Los Angeles County.

Technical Operations Section

• The canine Department vehicle shall only be

used with approval from the battalion chief of

the ________

Technical Operations Section

• Approved Department CST/CST-IT training

will be compensated, if approved by the

battalion chief of the ______ as mandatory

training.

Page 167: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

167

Technical Operations Section

➢ Incident Response: Los Angeles Command and

Control (LACC) shall page all CST handlers,

the battalion chief of the Technical Operations

Section, the canine coordinator, and USAR

coordinator for any CST-related requests,

responses, or incidents.

➢ CSTs shall be assigned to the incident based on

the shortest ETA, as determined by the

Technical Operations battalion chief, USAR

coordinator, canine coordinator, or their

subordinates.

If a CST is requested by Department resources

assign two (2) CSTs with the shortest ETA to

the incident. A qualified search team manager

may be added if warranted.

➢ If a CST is requested by a resource other than

the Department, outside of Los Angeles

County, in Region 1, or by the California

Governor’s Office of Emergency Service (Cal-

OES):

Page 168: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

168

1) CCBC shall obtain approval from the duty

chief prior to dispatching the CST.

2) Once approved, the CCBC shall assign a

Canine Search Strike Team (consisting of

two (2) CSTs with the shortest ETA and a

qualified Search Team manager).

3) A Department agency representative may be

added if warranted.

4) These requests shall comply with the

Department policy for mutual aid and

assistance by hire.

➢ If requested for incident response by LACC

while on-duty, the CST handler shall

immediately notify their immediate supervisor,

who shall notify the jurisdictional battalion

chief. If requested for incident response by

LACC while off-duty, the CST handler shall

advise his/her administrative site to ensure

proper coverage or backfill of the handler’s

position.

• Upon arrival at an assigned incident, the

decision to use the canine shall be made by the

Page 169: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

169

incident commander (IC) with the approval of

the _________

canine handler.

➢ The canine handler is responsible for the safety

and proper use of the CST at all times. The

handler will evaluate the scene and advise the

IC of any specific requirements to make the

scene safe and workable for the CST.

Page 170: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

170

• Requests for CST demonstrations for public

relations purposes shall be coordinated through

the canine coordinator and the appropriate

regional operations bureau community services

representative. Such events shall be scheduled

a minimum of ______ days in advance.

thirty (30)

➢ CST members will be compensated while off-

duty for approved Department-sanctioned

public relations demonstrations. Movement of

the demonstration equipment shall be

coordinated by the CST handler when approved

by the Technical Operations Section.

• All veterinary care invoices or receipts shall be

received by the Technical Operations Section

within ____ business days of the appointment

from the CST/CST-IT handlers.

ten (10)

• Search canine fit for duty physicals shall be

performed annually by a veterinarian that has

been approved by the Department. All

Page 171: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

171

veterinarian physical documentation shall be

sent to the __________

Technical Operations Section

11.4.3 – CANINE ARSON TEAM (CAT)

3/15/03

• ________: A specially trained handler and

canine, certified as an Accelerant Detection

Canine, that has been recognized and approved

by the Department

Canine Arson Team (CAT)

➢ Who is responsible for the management of the

department’s Canine Arsons Team program.

The Special Unit Section I Battalion Chief

of the Fire Prevention Division

➢ The department will recognize and authorized a

maximum of_____ canine arson teams. The

Department may also approve up to ___ canines

in training to be certified as an Arson Canine.

A maximum of ___ canine per administrative

site per shift shall be allowed.

3, 2, 1

Page 172: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

172

➢ All Department approved canines shall be

confined in an appropriate kennel or leashed

while on the grounds of the fire station or other

administrative site, if they are subject to contact

with the public

➢ Application by qualified Canine Arson Teams

for assignment to the Department's Canine

Arson Team Program shall be through channels

to the ____________

Prevention Bureau Deputy Chief

• Department approval of current Canine Arson

Teams shall be renewed _____, at the request of

the canine handler, during the month of _____

annually, July

• The ________ where the canine team is

assigned shall journalize any and all

information related to the canine team

Administrative Site Supervisor

Page 173: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

173

➢ The ________ may authorize the use of a

Department vehicle, such as a suburban, sedan

utility or other appropriate Department vehicle,

for transporting a Canine Arson Team to an

incident or approved training

jurisdictional Battalion Chief

➢ While on duty, the handler is responsible to

provide for an emergency contact person to

pick up and care for the canine if necessary.

The phone number and contact procedure for

the emergency contact person shall be

maintained at the_______ or _________, at the

handlers assigned work location and with the

canine portable enclosure or kennel

Section, Unit Administrative site office

➢ Any aggressive behavior displayed by the

canine shall the reported to whom? (4)

Handler

Site supervisor

Jurisdictional Battalion Chief

Special Units I Battalion Chief

Page 174: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

174

➢ When Command and Control receives a request

for a Department Canine Arson Team from a

Department Incident Commander, another

agency in the Region or State OES, Command

and Control shall page the _______________

and ____________

Special Units I Battalion Chief

Fire Investigation Unit Captain

➢ The CCBC shall assign the Canine Arson Team

at the direction of the ______________. If the

request is from another agency, a Department

Arson/Fire Investigator shall be assigned to the

incident.

Fire Investigation Unit Captain

➢ If the request is from an agency outside LA

County, the CCBC shall obtain approval from

the ______

Duty Chief

• When a Canine Arson Team handler is notified

of a request for their specialty and is available

to accept that assignment while on duty, the

handler shall immediately notify their

Page 175: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

175

immediate supervisor, who will notify the

_____________

Special Units I Battalion Chief

➢ After checking in at the assigned location or

incident and receiving an assignment briefing,

the canine handler shall contact his

____________. The site supervisor shall notify

the _____________

Administrative site supervisor

jurisdictional Battalion Chief

➢ When an off duty Canine Arson Team handler

receives an request and accepts the assignment,

the handler shall advise his/her administrative

site to ensure coverage

Upon arrival at the assigned incident, the

decision to use the canine shall be made by the

____________ with the approval of the canine

handler.

Lead Investigator

Page 176: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

176

➢ The lead investigator is responsible for the

scene and the investigation. The canine handler

shall be subordinate to the __________.

Lead Investigator

• All travel, training, and activities of Canine

Arson Teams must be pre approved by the

________ for cost reimbursement.

Special Units I Battalion Chief

• Request for arson canine demonstrations for

public relations purposes shall go through the

__________, to the Special Units I Battalion

Chief

Regional Operations Bureau Community

Relations Office

• Travel/Training and releases will go through the

_____________

Special Units I Battalion Chief

11.4.4 – RESCUE AIR CUSHION

PROCEDURES 3/30/07

Page 177: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

177

➢ The Department has established Rescue Air

Cushion (RAC) Task Forces, strategically

located across the County to provide timely

response to each Regional Operations Bureau.

Each Rescue Air Cushion Task Force is

equipped with a Rescue Air Cushion rated for a

___ foot or 10-story fall, with inflation fans and

related equipment. The Rescue Air Cushion

should not be used for heights exceeding ____

feet.

100, 100

Incident Commanders are responsible for

evaluating the most appropriate use and

strategic positioning of Rescue Air Cushions at

urban high angle emergencies and “jumper”

incidents, consulting as necessary with Rescue

Air Cushion Task Force and _________.

Law Enforcement

Incident Priorities: The priorities of this

Department in dealing with “jumper” type

incidents in order of importance are:

1. Protection of life.

Page 178: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

178

2. Protection of property and _______

equipment

➢ One Rescue Air Cushion Task Force shall be

dispatched on all first alarm “Jumper” response

matrix, when a subject is reported to be

threatening to jump from a tower, overpass,

bridge, multi-story building, power pole, etc.

➢ A “Jumper” response matrix shall include the

following resources on the First Alarm:

1 Engine

1 Truck or Quint (closest)

1 Rescue Air Cushion Task Force (1 Engine,

1 Truck/Quint/Engine, 1 Rescue Air Cushion

trailer)

1 Squad

1 Battalion Chief

1 USAR

Page 179: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

179

A Rescue Air Cushion Task Force consists of a

trailer with a cart containing a rescue air

cushion with inflation fans, and an Engine(s),

Quint or Truck with a total staffing of _____.

seven

When the “jumper” is a potential suicide victim,

a unified command shall be established with the

jurisdictional _________ agency.

law enforcement

➢ The jurisdictional law enforcement agency shall

be responsible for communicating with the

“jumper” and working with the Fire Department

to mitigate the emergency.

Rescue Air Cushion is 20 feet wide by ____

feet long.

24

➢ Initial Action

1.Request Law Enforcement and set up

Unified Command

2.Assign Safety Officer

Page 180: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

180

3.Identify area to deploy the Rescue Air

Cushion

4.Suicidal “jumper” consult with law

enforcement

5.Establish LCES

6.Ensure personnel working above ground

level are wearing appropriate harnesses

Set up the Rescue Air Cushion in a selected

“pre-deployment area”. DO NOT set up

(inflate) the Rescue Air Cushion in the target

area! To a possible “jumper” above, the Air

Rescue Cushion may appear to be fully inflated

when it is not.

➢ For possibly suicidal “jumper” situations, the

“pre-deployment area” should be out of sight of

the individual, so he or she does not visualize

the preparations being made.

Position Assignments for Deployment of Rescue

Air Cushion:

First-in Company Officer or Battalion Chief

Incident Commander

Liaison with law enforcement

Page 181: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

181

Rescue Task Force Captain

Safety Officer for the overall operation

(He/she is most knowledgeable on

operation)

Supervises deployment of air cushion

Controls timing of jumper(s)

Rescue Task Force Firefighter Specialist

Responsible for primary (on-board

generator) and secondary (fixed electrical)

power sources for the electric blowers

Rescue Task Force Firefighter

Assists in moving air cushion to target area

Assists in deployment of air cushions

Engine Company Captain

Inspects target area for hazards that can

damage the air cushion

Insures Rescue Air Cushion is fully inflated.

Coordinates crowd control with Law

Enforcement.

Engine Firefighter Specialist

Assists Task Force Engineer in the

deployment of electric blowers to target area.

Engine Firefighter

Page 182: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

182

Assists in deployment of air cushion to

target area.

Truck/Quint Company Captain

Assists Engine Company Captain to ensure

that target area is inspected for hazards

Ensures Rescue Air Cushion is fully

inflated.

Coordinates crowd control with Law

Enforcement.

Truck/Quint Company Firefighter Specialist

Ensures primary and secondary power has

been obtained.

Truck/Quint Firefighter

Assists in deployment of air cushion to

target area

Truck/Quint Firefighter

Assists in deployment of air cushion to

target area

Squad

Squad Firefighter #1

Standby at target area for immediate patient

care

Squad Firefighter #2

Page 183: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

183

Standby at target area for immediate patient

care

➢ As a last resort, a portable gasoline powered

blowers can be used to inflate the Air Rescue

Cushion

The Air Rescue Cushion will fully inflate in

less than ____ seconds.

60

➢ If it becomes necessary for victims to jump,

they should be instructed to fall as if they were

sitting down with arms stretched out in front of

body.

➢ If two people must jump at the same time they

should interlock arms at the elbows and jump at

the same time.

After landing, have the jumper(s) immediately

roll off the cushion and allow ___ seconds for

re-inflation.

30

Page 184: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

184

Always have ______ member assigned to

ensure the flaps on the exhaust breathers are

tucked into the opening between jumps.

Rescue Air Cushion task force

➢ The white flaps on the exhaust breather ports on

each side must be pushed back inside the rescue

air cushion between jumps.

The cushion is constructed of vinyl-reinforced

fabric, which is fire resistant and waterproof.

The tear strength of this material is over ___

pounds psi.

50

The rescue air cushion shall be inflated _____

and inspected for damage and/or wear.

monthly

Damaged cushions shall be removed from

service and sent to the manufacturer for repair.

A reserve unit shall be requested from the

__________.

East Operations Bureau Office

Page 185: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

185

CHAPTER 5 – CIVIL DISTURBANCES

11.5.1 - CIVIL DISTURBANCE EMERGENCY

- GENERAL 1/01/93

➢ When operating during conditions of civil

disturbance, the priorities of this Dept. are: (2)

1. Protection of life

2. Protection of property & equipment

TACTICAL ALERT

Tactical Alert is composed of three phases.

Phase I and/or Phase II do not have to take

place prior to phase III

Phase I – is the Planning Phase

Phase II – is the Mobilization Phase

Phase III – is implemented when a civil

disturbance is in progress

• ______________: Tactical Alert is the

planning phase and is established when law

enforcement or fire Dept. intelligence or an

anticipated event may result in a civil

disturbance incident. No deployment takes

place

Phase I

Page 186: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

186

• ____________: Tactical Alert is the

mobilization phase and deploys resources to fire

stations in the tactical alert area

Phase II

• The Task Forces will be composed of a

minimum of _____ units to a maximum

of_____ units plus a ______

3, 5, Battalion Chief

Fire Task Forces will be assembled at fire

station's in the tactical alert area and will be

composed of __________ or _____________

− Three engines and a B.C.

− 3 engines, truck and a B.C.

• Fire Task Forces shall remain intact throughout

phase _____ and phase ____alerts

II & III

• __________: will be assembled at each

paramedic squad staffed station in the Tactical

Alert Area

Medical Task Force

Page 187: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

187

• Medical Task Force will be composed of:

1 engine, 1 squad, 1 ambulance

• Medical Task Forces shall remain intact for

______ emergencies and ______ follow up

throughout Phase II and Phase III alerts

Rescue, hospital

B.C. chiefs will be deployed to respond with

_______, but not with _________

Fire Task Force, Medical Task force

• All units assigned to Task Forces shall be

staffed with _____ personnel as soon as

possible

4

Command and control shall notify all Battalion

headquarters of the Phase II or Phase III

Tactical Alert. Battalion HQ Capt. Shall

immediately provide the info concerning the

Phase II or Phase III Tactical alert to their

assign Administrative sites

Page 188: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

188

• What Tactical Alert is implemented when a

civil disturbance is in progress

Phase III Tactical Alert

• Strike Teams: (5 engines with a chief officer)

may be staged and predesignated locations and

may be responded as a strike team or adjusted

to a _____ configuration with a minimum of __

engines and a B.C. as directed by the I.C.

Fire Task Forces, Three

• Department ECC shall be activated during what

stage of a Tactical Alert.

Phase III Tactical Alert

• During what phase shall an Incident Action

Plan be put into effect

Phase III Tactical Alert

• Phase III Tactical Alert - Command and

Control shall place all units on _____ and

provide an "All Call" to all Chief Officers

Radio standby

Page 189: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

189

LAW ENFORCEMENT

• Law enforcement protection during "Tactical

Alert". Phase __ Tactical Alert may require law

enforcement security/escort protection

Phase II

• Law enforcement Protection During "Tactical

Alert": Phase III tactical alert shall require law

enforcement security/escort protection for each

individual _______, _______, or _________

Task Force, Medical Task Force, Strike

Team

➢ Request for extraction shall be made by officers

through Command and Control, identifying the

location, existing on scene conditions, and units

involved.

• Fire units will not attempt to enter areas that

law enforcement feels are ____ due to the level

of violence within that area, until that area has

been "____" bylaw enforcement. This does not

prohibit fire and law enforcement from making

Page 190: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

190

a _____ decision to enter a "hot" area incases of

life exposure or other high priority missions

HOT, CLEARED, Mutual

• Security/Escort Missions will be provided by a

minimum of two, _____ person cars (or a

minimum of ____ motor officers) for each

deployed fire task force, Medical task force, or

strike team

2, 4

➢ Once assigned, law enforcement units shall

continue to provide security/escorts protection

for the duration of the tactical alert

Priority for law enforcement security/escort

deployment will be: (4)

1. Jurisdictional Law enforcement agency

2. Sheriffs Department

3. California Highway Patrol

4. National Guard

Fire Department officers shall request through

Command and Control an ______ by law

enforcement personnel if they determine that

Page 191: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

191

there is a threat to their personnel and there is

an immediate need to disengage from an area

extraction

• Law enforcement assets generally will not be

sufficient to escort fire units from their

________ to staging areas

Fire Stations

➢ Phase II and Phase III Tactical Alert Activities

outside of quarters shall be restricted to

emergency response

• Units in single engine stations in the affected

alert area shall be moved by command and

control at the direction of B.C. to _____ or

_____ companies shall be added to single unit

Multi company Stations, Move up

companies

• Task forces shall be commanded by a _____.

A Medical Task Force shall be commanded by

the _________

B.C.; Engine Company Captain

Page 192: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

192

• Minimum Response: All incidents shall have a

minimum response of a Task Force during a

Phase III Tactical Alert. During periods of

transitional staffing the minimum response shall

be _____units

2

• Radio Designations: When Medical Task

Force(s) are implemented during a Phase II and

III the radio designation of the assigned engine

company shall be used to identify the Medical

Task Force

Medical Task Force 16

• When Task Force are implemented during

Phase II and III radio designations shall be the

radio designation of the _______ assigned to

the Fire Task Force

B.C. ie. Fire Task Force Bn 13B (BC

number plus shift)

➢ With the declaration of a Phase II or Phase III

Tactical Alert, Command and Control shall

request the jurisdictional law enforcement

Page 193: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

193

agency to provide security/escort personnel for

fire resources in the affected area

“________” may be established in Phase II or

Phase III Tactical Alert as determined by the

Command and Control Battalion Chief in

coordination with jurisdictional battalion chiefs

and Incident Commanders

Area Command

Page 194: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

194

• When Phase III Tactical Alert will extend

beyond ___ hours, consideration shall be given

for rehabilitation and/or relief of personnel.

12

➢ Phase II or Phase III Tactical Alert structure

fires and other emergency incidents shall not be

named

• During Phase II and Phase III Tactical Alerts

Division and Branch Chief Officers shall

provide a hourly update to the _________

Operations Section Chief

➢ Hospital follow up: Medical Task Force units

going to and returning from hospital follow-ups

shall remain intact and keep their command

informed of their status

➢ Mutual Aid Strike Teams assisting the L.A. Co

F.D. and operating in the tactical alert areas

shall be assigned a unit or a member with

departmental blue, white, or OES frequency

radios to ensure interagency radio Bird Dog

communication

Page 195: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

195

• Requests for immediate Jurisdictional Law

Enforcement “______” response should be

made when assistance by law enforcement is

required at the scene to protect or control the

situation

Code L

If there is an immediate need for personnel to

leave the scene due to a threat to the safety of

personnel, a request for law enforcement

“________” shall be made through Command

and Control

Extraction

• Phase III Tactical Alert: A ____ or ____

operational approach shall be utilized whereby

no member or unit works alone at an emergency

"team" "buddy"

• Use of breathing apparatus should typically be

reserved for ______ or small fires that can be

quickly extinguished

rescue operations

Page 196: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

196

• Fire suppression actions should be ______with

an emphasis on quick knock down and the

protection of exposures through the use of

______ and limited _____ streams

defensive, deck guns, hand line

• Fire fighting tactics should be altered to a

_________ mode with heavy streams to

optimize use of resources

"Hit and Run"

• Fire Fighting personnel shall _____ be placed

above ground on ______ ladders or during

elevated stream ops.

Not, aerial platforms

• ________ and ______ may withdrawal from

any emergency situation which poses a threat to

their safety

Officers and Personnel

➢ Body Armor shall be put on prior to leaving the

station or staging area. Body armor shall be

worn under your turnout coat in a manner that it

will not be seen

Page 197: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

197

➢ Law Enforcement Security/Escort shall be

provided during Phase III and may be provided

during Phase II Tactical Alerts through the

jurisdictional law enforcement agency

• Ladder Trucks without __________ shall not be

utilized in civil disturbance Tactical alert areas

enclosed tiller Cabs

• During ________ Tactical Alert units shall

consider alternate response routes. Units shall

respond under red light and siren to and from

incidents. Discontinuing the use of red lights

and siren on responses is authorized where such

use would cause unwanted attention or impact

public safety

Phase III

• Securing tools and equipment shall be relocated

in compartments and no apparatus shall be left

unattended. _________ Apparatus should be

removed as soon as possible from any station

required to be evacuated

Reserve

Page 198: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

198

Fire station security during a response:

1. Doors and windows locked

2. Windows coverings closed

3. Lights left on

4. Fuel pumps off

5. Court yards shall be closed and locked

Station Evacuation - In addition to windows

closed, lights left on, fuel pumps off, and court

yards closed and locked the following shall be

done:

1. Electric power shut off

2. Remove Safety clothing

3. Notify jurisdictional law enforcement for

security for the site

• Radio Standby shall be instituted by Command

and Control and maintained in Phase ____

Tactical Alert

III

• All Bn Headquarters sites shall be notified of

the reporting locations of relief personnel

whose administrative sites are located within a

Tactical Alert Area by ______ hours by E mail

Page 199: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

199

1800

During Phase III Tactical Alert, personnel may

phone any battalion headquarters to determine

their reporting location after ________

2000

➢ At No Time will the Dept tolerate of condone

on duty members carrying firearms or bringing

them on to departments sites

Page 200: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

200

APPENDIX I

• Assigning of emergency incident dispatching,

unit assignment, and resource deployment to

local jurisdictional Chief Officers is known as

_________

Area Command

➢ Extraction: A FD request for immediate

protection and escort removal by law

enforcement units of resources whose safety is

threatened due to a civil disturbance. A request

for an extraction by FD units is a first priority

response by law enforcement

• Tactical Alert is divided into three Phases

representing ______ (Phase I), _______ (Phase

II), _______ (Phase III)

Planning, Mobilization, Incident

Operations

11.5.2-PERSONNEL SAFETY DURING CIVIL

DISTURBANCES 7/01/93

Page 201: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

201

• When operating during conditions of civil

disturbances, the priorities of this department

are: (2)

Protection of Life

Protection of Property and Equipment

• Protection in Quarters: (6)

1. Maintain Station Security

2. Relocate Personnel

3. Keep Radio and Body Armor at Hand

4. Consider Apparatus Placement

5. Treat all threats as real

6. If an attack occurs: Request Command and

Control for law enforcement "Extraction"

• During Phase ___ tactical Alert Units shall

respond under red lights and siren to and from

incidents in the civil disturbances area

III

➢ Personnel shall wear the fire helmet and brush

jacket on all EMS responses and full turnouts

going to and from other emergencies. Body

armor shall be worn under safety clothing

Page 202: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

202

➢ Individuals shall not approach or enter the

structure alone

• A “____” or “______” operational approach

shall be utilized where by no member or unit

operates or works alone at an emergency

Team, Buddy

• Apartment and Hotel Safety Procedures. When

using elevators, do not go to the designated

floor if the call is of a violent nature. Consider

going to the _________ the incident and using

the stairs for the remaining distance

floor below

Page 203: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

203

CHAPTER 6 – MASS TRANSIT SYSTEM PROCEDURES

11.6.1 METRO BLUE LINE INCIDENTS

4/1/97

• The grade crossings are automatically activated

when the train is about ____ feet from a

crossing. The time between warning device

activation and train arrival is approximately ___

seconds

500’, 20

• Passenger Stations: There are 22 passenger

stations along the Metro Blue Line route. ____

of which are within the jurisdiction of the LA

CO FD.

5

A dry standpipe system consisting of a double 2

1/2” fire department connection, located at

ground level, and a single _____ fire hose valve

located at platform level.

2 1/2”

• Communications with the Metro Rail's Central

Control Facility is possible by pushing the

Page 204: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

204

button at the ___________________. The

panel is set on a timer and will last ___ minutes

and is for emergency assistance

Emergency Assistance Panel, 3

The __________ has an illuminated blue light

and a red security box. The light only indicates

the location of the box not whether the power is

on or off

Emergency Trip Station

Trains on the Metro Blue Line are powered by

____ volts distributed to the cars by the

Overhead Catenary System

750

• Traction Power Substations (TPSS) can be

located by the __________ on the roof of the

structure.

Blue Light

Emergency Trip Station (ETS), located at

TPSS, when activated immediately de energizes

that substation and the

____________________________

Page 205: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

205

Adjacent substation in either direction

• The Central Control Facility can completely

remove power in a specific area quickly

through remote control of all ______________

Traction Power Substations

• Traction Power Substations should be

considered __________ at all times

energized

• Emergency Trip Stations are located at Traction

Power Substations and identified by a ____

light, which is visible above the roof of the

TPSS structure

blue

Page 206: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

206

• The ________ at Central Control Facility must

be notified by using the telephone in the ETS

whenever power is taken down and the

emergency stop button is pushed

Train Controllers

The Overhead Catenary System (OCS) contains

what four independent components:

1. Messenger Wire (Supports and energizes

the contact wire)

2. Hanger (Provide spacing between the

messenger and contact wires)

3. Contact Wire (Power to the train is

accomplished through contact between the

pantograph and contact wire)

4. Catenary Pole (Constant tension is made by

sliding weights within catenary poles)

The ______ is an articulating electric power

collection device fixed atop the metro car

Pantograph

➢ The height of the overhead centenary system

varies from 18 to 22 feet.

Page 207: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

207

• What is the seating capacity

200

Braking distance, non emergency, at 55 mph to

full stop is within ____ ft

750

• The maximum speed is _____ mph

55

There are ____ sliding doors on each side of the

light rail car. The interior Emergency Door

Releases are located over each set of passenger

doors. Doors may be opened by pulling down

on the red “__” handle

4, T

• There are ___ emergency door releases on the

exterior of each car:

2

• Emergency door releases are located on the

right front side of both “A” and “B” ends of

each car just below the operator’s cab. The

panel is normally opened by a metro car

Page 208: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

208

operator’s key. Emergency personnel may

open this panel without key by using a

________

pen or pencil

Windows: All exterior windows are made of

polycarbonate (Lexan) materials. Entry through

these windows may be gained by using a _____

saw (with carbide tip blade) or by removing the

weather stripping.

Rotary

The Pantograph is extended under 22 lbs of

spring tension and can be lowered electronically

from the operator's cab or manually via pump.

The pump is located under the _____ forward

facing seat (left hand side) or cars "A" section.

second

• The batteries are nickel cadmium located under

the cars right side behind the skirting on the

“B” end. The battery supplies the interior

lighting system, doors and the unit for raising

and lowering the _______

Pantograph

Page 209: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

209

11.6.2 – METROLINK PROCEDURES

10/15/98

• The Metrolink rail service is owned by the

Southern California Regional Rail Authority

and is operated under contract by ______.

Amtrak

➢ Diesel Electric Locomotives: They are

equipped with a 3000 horsepower turbo charged

engine that drives the main generator which

converts mechanical energy to electrical energy.

The 600 volts of DC provided by the generator

drive the traction motors

➢ Each Locomotive is equipped with a secondary

diesel electric system referred to as the Head

Power Unit (HEP). This system provides hotel

power.

• The (HEP) system produces 480 volts AC to

both right and left sides of passenger cars.

Electrical controls for this system are located in

the ___ of the locomotive and control area of

the cab car

Page 210: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

210

cab

• Air Brake and Electrical Safety hazards: The

exterior area between the joined locomotives

and/or the passenger cars is where ___ PSI air

brake service hoses and ___ volt electrical

power jumper cables are located. DO NOT

REMOVE OR ATTEMPT TO REMOVE

THESE CABLES

140, 480

• Only trained ________ members can safely de-

energize Head End Power and remove or install

power cables

Metrolink crew

➢ If an electrical hazard does not exist, do not

shut down the diesel engine of either the

locomotive or the Head End Power Unit. Train

electrical power will provide lighting and power

for electrical door operation, making evacuation

easier

➢ Access to the cab areas is achieved through the

cab doors or cab windows

Page 211: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

211

• Fuel spills are a serious hazard and diesel

engines must be shut down as soon as possible

by Metrolink crew members. In emergency

situations this may be accomplished by

depressing either of the “________” located

above the fuel tank

Engine Fuel Cut Off Switches

Metrolink trains normally consist of one

locomotive coupled with ___ to ___ bi level

commuter cars. The bi level commuter cars are

present in two different configurations, a trailer

car and a cab car.

3, 7

• From the exterior of the train the cab car may

be identified by: (2)

1. The letter “F” near the engineer’s window

2. The presence of the 5 chime air horn and

the headlights located above the end door

Occupant load: The seating capacity is 146

occupants for the trailer car and 134 occupants

for the cab car. The maximum occupant

Page 212: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

212

capacity (“crush load”) is ___ passengers per

car.

360

• Electrical service is supplied with ___ volts AC

via the head end power unit of the locomotive.

480

• The exterior hazards to emergency personnel

are the _____ and the area between the coupled

cars and/or locomotives. These areas contain

the 140 psi air brake service hoses and the 480

volt, head end poser jumper cables.

nickel cadmium batteries

Access to Bi Level Commuter Cars: There are

three routes for access and egress of the Bi

Level commuter cars:

End doors

Side doors

Windows

➢ End Doors: Trailer car end doors open from the

exterior by means of a simple lever type door

latch. From the interior, it is necessary to

Page 213: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

213

release a safety latch to enable the door lever to

function

Side Doors: During emergency operations side

doors may be operated by locating the

emergency door release, located at each door

either outside or inside. To make access break

the Lexan cover plate and pull the _______.

red ring

➢ Side Doors: In order to open the other half of

the door, then manual control valve which is

located behind the steel panel adjacent to the

door access must be actuated to release the

pneumatic control

• Each Bi Level commuter car has ___interior

emergency exit windows. Four on the upper

level and four on the lower level on each side of

the car.

16

All windows in the commuter cars are

constructed of _____. Interior emergency exit

Page 214: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

214

windows are identified by a _______ at the

window molding.

Lexan Polycarbonate, red ring

• There are five exterior emergency windows on

side of car, three on the upper level and two on

the lower level. Identification of the exterior

windows is made by the _______ in the

molding strip.

Split

Electrical Hazard: Breaching the walls or roof

of the cars is ___ an option due to the double

wall construction and 480 volt cable routing

inside the car.

not

• All Bi level commuter cars are equipped with a

fire extinguisher and emergency tools

consisting of: (4)

Hand saw, two mallets, an axe, pry

bar

Page 215: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

215

• The ________ is the most accurate means to

relay the actual incident location to the railroad

and other responding agencies

milepost reference

Milepost references: Generally a post with a

number placard. Mileage references may also

be obtained from placards attached to ______,

_______, and ______

Signals, crossing gates, signal houses

• _______: There is one other means of

identifying a section of railroad and that is by

the name of the immediate block the incident is

located. Railroads are broken into sections

known as blocks.

Block Signs

Reporting: In addition to following Department

standard reporting formats personnel should

also report the: (3)

a) Milepost number

b) Access routes

c) Type of train

Page 216: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

216

Notifications shall be made through Command

and Control as soon as possible and should

include the following information: (5)

a) Name of the home railroad

b) Mile Marker or street name

c) Type of incident

d) Type of request

e) Estimated duration time

CHAPTER 7 – WATER RESCUE

11.7.1 WATER RESCUE INCIDENTS

12/1/94

• Under the County of Los Angeles Multi-Hazard

Functional Plan for Emergency Operations, the

Fire Department is given primary responsibility

for _____________ operations in the event of

flooding, dam failure, and tsunamis.

Search and Rescue

➢ The Incident Commander is responsible for:

1. Providing initial size up, initiating the IC

Procedures

Page 217: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

217

2. Requesting response of additional personnel

and equipment for search and rescue

operations as needed

3. Taking necessary action to prevent life loss

in a manner consistent with this instruction

and Depart. Policy

4. The overall coordination of multi agencies

and emergency operations

5. The assignment of additional units to

downstream strategic positions in

accordance with waterway rescue preplans

and as conditions dictate

• Who is responsible for the recovery of dead

bodies and searches in mountainous, remote

and designated areas (with requested assistance

provided by the Fire Department?)

The Sheriff's Department

Who has overall responsibility for a blue water

incident?

The Coast Guard "SRU" (Search and

Rescue Unit)

Page 218: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

218

• Strategic priorities: When dealing with water

rescue incidents the priorities of this

Department are listed below: (4)

1. Protection of Life

2. Effecting rescue and assistance to survivors

3. Provide notification and assistance to other

divisions and/or agencies

4. Scene Control as required to isolate non-

emergency personnel not involved in the

rescue.

SAFETY

➢ Entering the water: Personnel shall conduct

rescue operations from the shore, helicopter, or

a boat, whenever possible. When obvious

hazards exist firefighters shall not enter the

water except as a last resort to save lives

• Hazardous Operations: Under no

circumstances are lives to be risked for the

purpose of ___________, ______________

operations, or any other activity not essential

for protection of life.

body recovery, sandbagging

Page 219: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

219

• Downstream Safety: A _____________

Position shall be established at all sites for the

protection of rescuers and victims.

Downstream Safety

________________: An upstream

safety/lookout position shall be established at

all swift water rescue sites to warn of dangerous

debris in the water which might strike rescuers

and victims.

Upstream Safety/Lookout

• Tactical Priorities: Surf Rescue: (4)

1. Support lifeguards, U.S. Coast Guard or

Harbor Patrol if at scene

2. Search for victim from shore, utilizing air

squads, Coast Guard, and boats as

necessary. In water searches left to the

discretion of personnel at scene

3. Attempt rescue if necessary

4. Provide medical aid

• Tactical Priorities: Lakes, Reservoirs, etc.: (4)

1. Support Lifeguards, if at scene

Page 220: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

220

2. Search for victim from shore, utilizing air

squads and boats as necessary

3. Attempt rescue if necessary

4. Provide medical aid

• Tactical Priorities: Swiftwater/FloodRescue:

(5)

1. Initial Size Up

2. Initial Action Plan:

a. Request sufficient equipment

b. Search for victim(s)

c. Attempt rescue

3. Provide medical aid

4. Termination of operations

5. Demobilization

Page 221: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

221

➢ Tactical Priorities: Blue Water Rescue

(Incidents on the Open Water)

1. The first arriving company shall assume I.C.

and initiate site assessment, which may

include identifying the incident location

2. Provide effective lighting. Units should not

activate blue lights until arriving on scene

3. Initiate the retrieval of survivors from the

water onto rescue boats and floating

platforms. As necessary, deploy rescue

swimmers and flotation for rescue

4. Triage and medical aid

5. Transportation of survivors to shore side

6. Fire suppression as needed

7. Preservation of wreckage as needed.

➢ Blue lights are standard marine signal lights to

identify the incident

• Standard Response-Rescues in Lakes,

Reservoirs, Etc.

1 Engine Company

1 Paramedic Ground Squad

1 Air Squad

1 Battalion Chief

Page 222: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

222

Jurisdictional Lifeguards and other agencies

as listed on the Area Response Form.

➢ Volume 10 Swift Water/Channel Rescue

Response

5 Engines

1 Truck

1 Squad

2 Air Squads

1 USAR Task Force

1 Swift Water Rescue

1 BC

STANDARD RESPONSE AREA – BLUE

WATER RESCUE

• The Primary jurisdictional - Blue Water Rescue

Response Area is

Marina Del Rey area as dispatched by

Command and Control.

• The Secondary jurisdictional - Blue Water

Rescue Response Area is

Page 223: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

223

Santa Monica Bay area as approved by the

OPS Bureau Deputy Chief and/or the after

hours duty chief.

➢ Standard Response Area - Blue Water Rescue -

Responses outside of the primary and secondary

areas shall be approved by the Operations Chief

Deputy, Fire Chief, or duty Deputy Chief.

• Procedures: Strategic priorities (3)

1. Protection of Rescuers

2. Search for Victims

3. Rescue of Victims

Page 224: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

224

PROCEDURES

Rescue of victim’s methods listed in order of

preference: (4)

a) Shore base rescues first when possible

b) Boats or helicopters

c) Rescue - FF's in the H20 as support for

lifeguards etc

d) Contact rescue in the water by FF's. This

should be attempted only as a last resort

SAFETY

➢ Ropes: No ropes shall be tied around the waist,

torso, or any other part of a rescuers body when

the rescuer is exposed to moving water

• Personnel should not be attached to any rope

system unless it can be assured that the rescuer

shall not enter the water, or unless they are

using an approved _____-_______ attachment.

quick-release

Low Head Dams: Personnel shall not enter the

danger zone of a low head dam for any reason.

Page 225: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

225

• A ______ and ____ Safety position shall be

established whenever personnel are attempting

rescue in moving water.

Downstream, Upstream

• The Danger Zone of Low Head Dams are: (3)

a) The area upstream of the dam

b) The area between the face of the dam and

the boil line

c) The area immediately downstream of the

boil line

➢ Work boots or turnout boots (without turnout

pants) are permitted for support positions out of

the water

• Prohibited Items: When working in a position

where personnel may slip or fall into moving

water, the following items shall not be worn

unless such items are required for firefighting

or other specific hazards:

a. ________

b. _________

c. SCBA

Turnout Coats, Turnout Pants

Page 226: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

226

➢ The final decision to wear Structural FF

Helmets shall be left to the individual

performing the rescue when personnel are in the

water for rescue support

COMMAND

• For incidents in moving water, Incident

Commanders shall anticipate the need to make

division assignments to cover the large

geographic areas which might be involved.

Effective divisions may include (2)

1. Linear sections of a waterway and/or

2. The two shore lines (river left and river

right)

• When referring to the two shore lines, you will

call them river ______ and river _________.

left and right

COMMAND POST LOCATIONS

• Possible Command Post locations for water

rescue incidents should be identified on: (4)

1. Waterway Rescue Preplans

Page 227: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

227

2. Station Flood Preparedness Plans

3. Flood/Dam Failure Assessment

4. Blue Water Rescue Preplans

SURF RESCUE

• Tactical Priorities: Surf Rescue:

1. Support Lifeguards, US Coast Guard etc

2. Search for Victim

3. Rescue

4. Provide Medical aid

• The Fire Departments primary role is to provide

__________ and support _________ operations

by lifeguards, the U.S. Coast Guard, Harbor

Patrol, etc.

medical aid, search and rescue

➢ If contact rescue is necessary and lifeguards are

not available, the decision to enter the water

shall be left to the discretion of personnel at

scene.

LAKES, RESERVIORS, ETC..

• Tactical Priorities: (4)

Page 228: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

228

1. Support Lifeguards when they are at scene

2. If the victim is missing, initiate a search

3. Rescue

4. Provide Medical Aid

SWIFTWATER RESCUE

Swiftwater Rescue: The Size Up Report shall

include:

a) Location of the victim, or location where

the victim was last seen

b) Conditions at scene-H20 depth, speed

c) Assessment of hazards to personnel (debris,

low head dams, etc.)

d) Initial action and instructions to incoming

units. This shall be based on any H20

preplans and conditions

➢ The Initial Action Plan shall include:

1. Request for sufficient assistance

2. Search for Victims

3. Rescue

4. Provide Medical Aid

5. Termination of the incident

6. Demobilization

Page 229: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

229

• The ______ is responsible for searches in

mountainous, remote, and designated areas.

The Fire Dept. is responsible for providing

support as needed with search operations,

assisting with rescue, and providing medical aid

Sheriff Department

• The IC shall coordinate the rescue effort or

assign that responsibility to another officer.

The officer in charge or rescue operations shall

assure that ________ is provided

Downstream safety

• _______ shall be responsible for termination of

search and rescue operations. Search

operations are to continue as long as there is

reason to suspect that victims may still be alive.

IC

➢ Demobilization: Normally, upstream units will

be released first, followed by downstream units

in descending order

Page 230: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

230

• _____________: Water related accidents,

disasters or catastrophes which in the open

waters of LA County

Blue Water Rescue Incident

• _____________: A Fire Department resource

consisting of a minimum of two certified rescue

swimmers trained in the deployment of flotation

devices and recovery of survivors at a water

rescue incident and a safety person remaining

on the vessel

Blue Water Rescue Unit

11.7.2 MARINE DISASTERS

1/1/98

➢ The Department is a participating agency in the

Los Angeles International Airport (LAX)

Air/Sea Disaster Plan.

______________________ is responsible for

incident coordination and the waters adjacent to

Los Angeles County.

United States Coast Guard Group LA/Long

Beach

Page 231: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

231

• The U.S.C.G is assigned as the Federal Search

and Rescue _______________

Mission Coordinator

• _______________ shall determine the type and

general location of the incident. Interpret the

initial report and classified the event as a

Marine Incident or a Marine Disaster.

Command and Control

• The first arriving marine base unit on scene

shall act as the ___________.

On Scene Commander (OSC)

➢ The OSC is responsible for recommending the

appropriate shoreside evacuation site.

Upon arrival of a United States Coast Guard

surface Search and Rescue Unit (SRC), the On

Scene Commander (OSC) shall ____ command

to the USCG

Transfer

Page 232: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

232

• The first arriving shore based unit at the

designated Evacuation site shall act as the

____________ (CJIC).

Civil Jurisdictional Incident Commander

• The CJIC shall request Command and Control

to dispatch a ____________ when their

Evacuation site is within this Department's

jurisdiction.

Marine Evacuation Response

• The Civil Jurisdictional Incident Commander is

responsible for: (4)

1. Shoreline Incident Command

2. Multi casualty operations

3. Coordinating evacuation site security with

local law enforcement

4. Communication coordination

• A Safety Officer shall be designated for the

_________ emergency scene and the _______

evacuation site

Marine, shoreside

Page 233: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

233

• Incident Priorities at as a Marine Disaster are:

(3)

1. Protection of life

2. Protection and Conservation of the

environment

3. Protection of property and equipment

• It is the responsibility of the ______ to

determine when the water entry is safe and

personnel shall enter the water only with their

approval

Rescue Vessel Operator

• The decision to deploy rescue personnel from a

helicopter will rest with the helicopter pilot,

inconjunction with the ________

On Scene Commander

➢ Because of the complex nature and numerous

agencies involved, Marine Disasters require the

use of Unified Command

• Minor Marine Disaster < 9 victims

3 Lifeguard Rescue Boats

1 Fire Boat

Page 234: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

234

2 Helicopters/Air Squads

1 BC

1 Dive Rescue Unit

1 USAR Unit

1 Lifeguard Captain

2 Lifeguard Lieutenants

3 Lifeguard Rescue Vehicles

• Major Marine Disaster > 10

5 Lifeguard Rescue Boats

1 Fire Boat

3 Helicopters/Air Squads

2 BC

1 Assistant Chief

1 Dive Rescue Unit

1 USAR unit

2 Lifeguard Captains

4 Lifeguard Lieutenants

3 Lifeguard Rescue Vehicles

• Marine Evacuation Standard Response:

dispatched for a Marine Evacuation at a shore

based evacuation site within this Department

jurisdiction shall be:

4 Engines

Page 235: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

235

1 Truck

1 Squad

1 Ambulance

1 BC

Page 236: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

236

MARINE OPERATIONS

• Tactical Priorities for Marine operations are: (4)

a) Locate incident/Size Up

b) Search and rescue operations

c) Rapid Transport of survivors and victims to

the evacuation site

d) Scene security

• The first arriving marine unit shall act as the On

Scene Commander and provide a size up to

Command and Control and the US Coast Guard

Search and Rescue Mission Coordinator. Size

up shall include: (5)

1. Type of vessel/aircraft involved

2. Approximate number of survivors/victims

3. Latitude and longitude

4. On scene weather/sea conditions

5. Recommended evacuation site

• The On Scene Commander (OSC) shall take

action, provide for personnel safety, and request

additional resources as needed. Upon arrival of

the Coast Guard surface Search and Rescue

Page 237: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

237

Unit (SRU), command of the on scene marine

units shall be ______

transferred

➢ All incident SRU’s shall be under the command

of the OSC. The OSC shall report to the SMC

on the designated marine frequency.

Responding Marine units shall activate

________ when on scene

blue light

• Upon identifying the search/incident area, the

_______ of the Port shall establish a safety zone

to provide scene security and prevent non

essentials vessels from entering the area

USCG Captain

• Shore Based Operations: Tactical Priorities of

shore based operations: (5)

a) Shoreside Incident Command

b) Logistical support of Marine Disaster

Operations

c) Multi casualty operations

d) Communication coordination

Page 238: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

238

e) Scene security

• Tactical operations of Shore Base Rescues: the

highest ranking Chief/Company officer shall

assume the role of Civil jurisdiction IC when

the evacuation site is located within the

department's jurisdiction and request a

________

Marine Evacuation Response

➢ The C.J.I.C is responsible for shoreside Incident

Command and Marine Disaster logistical

support

➢ The CJIC shall coordinate multi-casualty

operations, including

1. Requesting additional FD units

2. Triage, treatment and transportation of the

survivors/victims

3. Establishing communications with the

Medical Alert Center via the HEAR radio

4. Requesting HERT teams when appropriate

➢ The CJIC shall request an incident

communications plan through Command and

Control that may include:

Page 239: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

239

1. Command Channel

2. Marine Tactical Channel

3. Shore based Tactical Channel

4. Air to Ground Channel

5. Medical Group Tactical Channel

• The C J I C, in cooperation with the local law

enforcement shall establish a site exclusion

perimeter with a designated ______ and media

press area

traffic plan

APPENDIX I

• The Commander USCG Group Los Angeles

Long Beach is known as the _______

Captain of the Port

• _______________: The Chief/company officer

from the local jurisdictional agency responsible

for shoreside Incident Command and

Evacuation Site Operations

Civil Jurisdiction, Incident Commander

Page 240: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

240

• ______________: 32 foot rescue boat equipped

for water rescue, diving, medical rescue, and

fire suppression and dewatering operations

Lifeguard Rescue Boat

• ___________: Significant marine emergency,

involving a marine vessel of aircraft with 9

victims or less

Minor Marine Disaster

• ________________: Significant Marine

Emergency, involving a marine vessel or

aircraft with___ victims or more.

Major Marine Disaster, 10

• ___________: The commander of the first

arriving marine unit or the commander of the

USCG surface SRU assigned to coordinator

Marine Operations

On Scene Commander (OSC)

• _______________: The Commander USCG

Group Los Angeles –Long Beach assigned to

coordinator and control the rescue effort until

its conclusion

Page 241: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

241

Search Mission Coordinator (SMC)

• _____________: Surface vessel or aircraft

staffed with trained personnel and provided

with equipment suitable for expeditious conduct

of a search and rescue mission

Search and Rescue Unit (SRU)

• Where is the County of Los Angeles Fire

Department Evacuation site for a marine

disaster

Marina Del Rey

Page 242: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

242

CHAPTER 8 – EARTHQUAKE PROCEDURES

11.8.1 EARTHQUAKE PROCEDURES

01/01/96

Company Officers/Helicopter Pilots are

responsible for:

1. Supervising a safe evacuation of the site

2. Implementing the rescue of injured persons

at the site

3. Assessing the availability of all emergency

equipment at the site

4. Assessing and reporting the information

gathered in the Site Survey

5. Completing a Primary and/or Secondary

Jurisdictional Survey

6. Reporting Jurisdictional Survey results

7. The triage and management of all reported

alarms

8. Recording and documenting response

activity and actions

➢ Battalion Commanders are responsible for:

1. Communicating Earthquake intensity

Rating Level

Page 243: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

243

2. Establishing a Battalion Command Post

when operating in Dispatch Modes 2,3,4

3. Gathering and reporting jurisdictional

survey to FCCF and AC

4. Establishing Field Command during

Dispatch Mode 4

5. Staffing and coordinating PSAP when

directed by Command and Control

All decision making and action plans will be

based on the Department priorities of: (4)

a) Protecting life

b) Protecting property

c) Protecting the environment

d) Assisting other agencies

• Strategic priorities for helicopters shall be: (4)

a) Strategic reconnaissance

b) Medical evacuation

c) Crew shuttles

d) Personnel pick-ups

COMPANY STATUS AND SITE SURVEY

Page 244: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

244

Company Status and Site Survey: When an

earthquake occurs, the site supervisor and/or

company officer shall: (7)

1. Ensure the safety of all personnel

2. Direct movement of apparatus to a safe

location

3. Immediately notify Command and Control

that an earthquake has occurred

4. Go on radio and MDT standby

5. Determine status of facility

6. Direct a Site Survey,

7. Report the Site Survey to Battalion

Commander with 15 minutes

When an earthquake occurs the Site Survey

results are given to the jurisdictional BC with

___ min. of the event.

15

• Jurisdictional survey shall be completed when:

(3)

a) When directed by FCCF

b) When any administration site in their

battalion has experienced an earthquake

Page 245: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

245

with an intensity rating of a level 2 or

greater

c) When directed by the jurisdictional BC.

Primary Jurisdictional Surveys shall be

conducted Code R and completed in less than

________ minutes.

thirty

Company Officers shall report jurisdictional

survey information to the Battalion Commander

within _____ or immediately upon completion

of the respective survey

30 minutes

➢ Secondary Jurisdictional Surveys shall be

completed when additional resources are

assigned to the area or as soon as possible after

the completion of the Primary Jurisdictional

Survey

Battalion Command: BC's shall report the

FCCF the Earthquake Intensity Rating Level for

there immediate location within __ minutes.

5

Page 246: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

246

BC's shall be prepared to establish a battalion

command post with __ minutes of and

earthquake and/or ALL Call notification.

15

• Company Status: Once personnel are

accounted for, the company officer or site

supervisor shall: (4)

a. Direct the movement of all apparatus to the

“Apparatus Safety Zone”

b. Direct personnel to determine the status of

the site/facility

c. Direct personnel to go on radio standby

d. Direct a Site Survey

• Company officers shall direct a Site Survey to

determine: (4)

1. Injuries to personnel

2. Availability of company or unit

3. Availability of other resources at the site

4. Damage to the administrative site structures

using the EQ Intensity Rating Level Scale

Earthquake Intensity Rating Level Scale: (6)

Page 247: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

247

Level 0 Nothing felt

Level 1 EQ felt, no damage

Level 2 Windows broke

Level 3 Block walls down

Level 4 Structures shifted off foundations

Level 5 Structural collapse

Site survey shall be reported within 15 minutes

using the following communications priorities

to the BC:

a) MDT (Send to both the Battalion

Commander vehicle and Battalion

Headquarters Station)

b) Assigned tactical frequency

c) Assigned TRO frequency (direct mode first,

then repeater)

d) Telephone

e) Relay via field units

Page 248: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

248

Site Survey: When unable to contact the BC or

the Battalion HQ's for 15 minutes contact FCCF

using the following communications priorities:

1. Blue 4 (repeat)

2. MDT to "LA"

3. Telephone

4. TAC 3

• The Site Survey report should be an exception

type of report only problems or deviations form

the norm should be reported. The report format

should contain the following information: (5)

a) The station or unit reporting

b) The availability of apparatus

c) The earthquake Intensity rating if 2 or

greater

d) Any injuries to personnel

e) Any serious damage to the facility

BC's or Battalion HQ personnel shall report to

FCCF and Division HQ’s after all stations have

reported. If all sites have not reported, report

available information within ________ minutes.

Follow up with a complete report after all sites

have reported.

Page 249: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

249

twenty (20)

• If unable to contact the jurisdictional Battalion

Commander: The company officer or site

supervisor shall report the information to the

appropriate __________

Battalion Headquarters

• If unable to contact the appropriate Bn

Headquarters after __ minutes, contact

Command and Control directly.

15

• If a company fails to report their Site Survey,

the Battalion Commander shall:

Assign Resources as Needed to Complete

Site Survey

The BC or BN Headquarters will report survey

results to Command and Control using the

following communication priorities: (4)

a) Blue 4 (Repeat Mode)

b) MDT to “LA”

c) Telephone

Page 250: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

250

d) TAC 3

• Companies Officers and or site supervisors

shall document all activities on ICS form ___.

214

• BC and Company Officers shall refer to the

_______ for Earthquake planning info. specific

to their jurisdiction

Emergency Information File

DISASTER COMMUNICATIONS PLAN

• Mode _ is normally the Department Dispatch

Mode and will be used initially. Individual

Bn.'s may operate in different dispatch Modes

dependent on their requirements

1

• FCCF will implement the Disaster

Communications plan when: (3)

a) FCCF experiences significant shaking

b) FCCF has been notified by a Site

Supervisor of an earthquake

c) The CUBE computer alarm was activated

due to an earthquake, either within LA Co.

Page 251: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

251

or in an area immediately adjacent to LA

Co., of magnitude ___ or greater

3.5

➢ When notified of an earthquake Command and

Control shall page all Battalion Commanders

AND request an immediate Earthquake

Intensity Rating Level from their location.

➢ If all Bn Commanders report a Level 1 or less,

Battalion Commanders shall be repaged and

informed that the earthquake registered a Level

1 or less throughout Los Angeles County and to

continue to operate in Dispatch Mode 1

• FCCF will activate an MDT "ALL CALL"

when there has been and reported Level __

intensity rating reported by a Bn Commander or

CUBE computer identifies an Earthquake

magnitude of ___ or greater either within Los

Angeles County or in an area immediately

adjacent to Los Angeles County.

2, 4.5

Page 252: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

252

• If the damage is localized or sporadic, only the

battalions reporting a Level 2 or greater will be

instructed to operated in Dispatch Mode _____

2

• Battalions operating in Dispatch Mode 2 shall

be directed to complete a _________

Primary Jurisdictional Survey

• If communications cannot be established with

Command and Control, the BN. Commander

shall immediately implement _____________,

Dispatch Mode __ including the staffing of

local PSAP's Public Safety Answering Points

Field Command, 4

DISPATCH MODE

The Disaster Communications plan has (4)

Dispatch Modes:

a) Mode 1 – Normal Dispatching

b) Mode 2 – Central Command, single

resources

c) Mode 3 – District Command, responses

prioritized by jurisdictional companies

Page 253: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

253

d) Mode 4 – Field Command, Bn Commander

establishes communications with PSAP

• Reduced response levels prioritized by

Command and Control, which is Mode _ also

referred to as ___________. Reduce response

levels to single resources for each incident and

dispatch using the MDT with limited voice on

the assigned TRO frequency only

2, Central Command

• In Mode 2 all units go on radio standby

monitoring: (3)

MDT, Assigned TRO, Assigned Tactical

Page 254: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

254

• Mode ___: Command and Control will

dispatch resources using the MDT and limited

voice on the TRO frequency

2

➢ Mode 2: The company officer shall advise the

Battalion Commander of any significant

working incident. Battalion Commanders shall

establish a Battalion Command Post, and will

not be responded on incidents by Command and

Control

• District response prioritization and frequency

modification occurs during Mode _, also

referred as _________. Command and Control

will send all responses to the jurisdictional

companies for prioritization and implement Bn.

earthquake frequencies

3, District Command

• During Mode 3 Communications the

_____________ shall prioritize and handle

outstanding incidents, documenting all actions.

Company Officer

Page 255: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

255

During Mode _ also referred to as __________,

each battalion must function on its own. All

communications between Command and

Control and the field have failed.

4, Field Command

• During Mode 4 the Battalion Commander shall

establish communication with the local

___________ (PSAPs).

Public Safety Answering Points

Battalion Commanders shall perform all the

functions normally associated with Command

and Control including the dispatch or resources,

tracking of resources and the documentation of

emergency activities

• Bn. Commanders shall utilize the following

communication priorities to dispatch resources

within their battalions:

a) Assigned TRO frequency (direct mode first,

then repeat mode)

b) Assigned tactical frequency

c) ___________

Relay via field units

Page 256: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

256

• Company officers should use the following

communications priorities to report both site

and jurisdictional survey results to Bn.

Commanders and/or Bn. Headquarters

personnel

1. MDT

2. Tactical Frequency

3. TRO frequency (Direct than Repeat)

4. __________

5. Relay via field units

telephone

• Bn. Commanders and/or Bn. HQ. Personnel

should use the following communications

priorities to report both site and jurisdictional

survey information to Command and Control

1. ___________

2. MDT to "LA"

3. Telephone

4. Tac 3

Blue 4 (Repeat Mode)

Page 257: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

257

Battalion Commanders should use the

following communications priorities to request

resources from Command and Control

a) Assigned TRO Frequency

b) MDT to “LA”

c) Telephone

d) Blue 4 (Repeat Mode)

JURISDICTIONAL SURVEY

Jurisdictional Surveys shall be performed by all

stations within a battalion when any

administrative site within the battalion registers

a level _, directed by Command and Control, or

by the ___________.

2, Battalion Commander

The _____________ shall be started

IMMEDIATELY upon the completion and

reporting of the Site Survey.

Primary Jurisdictional Surveys

• Primary Jurisdictional Survey: The information

desired is the status of _________ hazard

occupancies only

Page 258: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

258

high life

• All primary jurisdictional surveys will be

conducted Code R and completed in less than

________ minutes.

thirty (30)

• The Company officer shall only interrupt a

Primary Jurisdictional Survey to respond to an

__________ life threatening incident. Assume

Command of incident and report it to _______

and the ___________

immediate, FCCF, BC

• Company officers shall forward their Primary

Jurisdictional Survey information to their

________ immediately upon completion.

Battalion Commander

• The information desired during a Secondary

Jurisdictional Survey is: (5)

1. Status of essential facilities

2. Status of major transportation arteries

3. Impact area

4. Additional resource needs

Page 259: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

259

5. Other significant information

➢ Jurisdictional Survey reports shall be made

using the following communications priorities:

1. MDT

2. Assigned Tactical Frequency

3. Assigned TRO (Direct than Repeat)

4. Telephone

5. Relay Via Field Units

6. Helicopter Jurisdictional Survey reports to

FCCF via TAC 3

Page 260: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

260

Secondary Jurisdictional Survey: If unable to

contact the appropriate Bn. HQ. after ___

minutes, contact Command and Control directly

using the following communications priorities:

1. Blue 4 (Repeat Mode)

2. _______

3. ______

4. Tac 3

15 min, MDT to "LA", Telephone,

➢ If a company reports that they are unable to

complete a Jurisdictional Survey, the Battalion

Commander shall assign resources as needed to

complete the Jurisdictional Survey.

• Secondary Jurisdictional Survey. If all

battalion sites have not reported there

Jurisdictional Survey, report to Command and

Control what information is available within __

minutes to expedite the Department Planning

process.

30

• The company officer shall record all non life

threatening incident information on ICS form

Page 261: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

261

____ for timely response after the Jurisdictional

Survey is completed

214

OFF DUTY PERSONNEL

➢ Damage is localized: If possible, platoon

personnel shall be recalled to cover for

employees who are on duty who live in the

areas most affected by earthquake damage.

• If damage is extensive and widespread “platoon

personnel” shall report the closest battalion

HQ's after stabilizing their family or within ___

hours of the event.

four

• The Employee Acknowledgment Form (Form

639) the order of assignment is: (3)

a) The nearest Battalion Headquarters

b) The nearest Alternate Battalion

Headquarters

c) The nearest fire station

Page 262: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

262

• If unable to report the closest battalion HQ's the

following order of assignment is:

1. The nearest Alternate Battalion

Headquarters

2. The nearest fire station

BATTALION COMMAND

• In dispatch Mode 2 and 3 the Battalion

Commanders shall:

a. Establish a command post

b. Ensure the completion of all battalion Site

Surveys

c. Immediately report battalion Site Survey

information to Command and Control and

division headquarters. Report info within

__ minutes regardless if all sites have not

reported.

d. Ensure the completion of all battalion

jurisdictional surveys. Assign resources if a

company can’t complete survey

e. Report battalion jurisdictional survey

information to Command and Control an

Division. Report info within __ minutes

regardless if all sites have not reported

Page 263: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

263

f. Determine resource needs and forward the

request to Command and Control

g. Develop a written Incident Action Plan

using ICS form 201

h. Display the situation information

i. Establish an action item list

j. Monitor radio traffic

k. Develop an organization for the battalion

l. Oversee and modify as necessary the

utilization and dispatching of resources

m. Develop and implement a plan to utilize

convergent resources

n. Establish communications with assisting

agencies

o. Prepare to brief the Assistant Fire Chief

20, 30

In Dispatch Mode 4 (Field Command) the BC

shall handle all the duties associated with

Dispatch Mode 2 and 3, and the following

a. Establish communications with the local

Public Safety Answering Points, and staff

any local city EOC if necessary

Page 264: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

264

b. Obtain, gather and compile requests for

service

c. Prioritize all requests for service

d. Dispatch resources accordingly

e. Maintain the status of and track all

resources with the battalion

f. Maintain a record of all actions and

decisions

g. When a decision is made to terminate

Battalion Command, Command and Control

shall be informed of battalion resource

status

• In battalions where additional resources, more

than one (1) strike team are required, the

battalion will be _____ and an _________ will

be established.

Split, ICS Complex

APPENDIX I

➢ Battalion Command: Battalion commanders

will assume command responsibility for their

battalions, will not respond to individual

incidents and ensure adequate resources are

Page 265: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

265

responded to all emergency incidents within

their battalion jurisdiction.

➢ Field Command: Battalion commanders will

assume all the duties normally associated with

Command and Control, assume command

responsibility for their battalions, will not

respond to individual incidents and will insure

adequate resources are responded to all

emergency incidents within their battalion

jurisdiction.

• A program for providing real time earthquake

information to subscribers located outside on

the Seismological Laboratory at Caltech

(_._._._.)

C.U.B.E - Caltech/U.S. Geological Survey

Broadcast of Earthquakes

• Two or more individual incidents located in the

same general area which are assigned to a

single IC or to unified command. Define:

ICS Complex

Page 266: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

266

• Jurisdictional Survey - A survey of each

station's jurisdictional area to determine: (4)

1. Status of high life hazard occupancies

2. Status of essential facilities

3. Status of major transportation arteries

4. Other significant information

Page 267: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

267

• Site Survey: A survey of an administrative site

and resources to determine: (5)

a) The availability of company or unit

b) The availability of other resources at the site

c) Damage to the administrative site using the

Earthquake Intensity Rating Scale

d) Any injuries to personnel

e) Any serious damage to the site or facility

11.8.2 – TSUNAMI POLICY

11/12/13

➢ Near-source tsunamis present maximum

danger due to the potential size of the waves,

their rapid impact, lack of warning, and the

challenge of evacuating all potential victims to

high ground in 3 to 10 minutes.

• Magnitude ____or greater earthquakes are

considered the likely threshold for tsunami

generation. Localized tsunami action and

effects may continue for 24 to 48 hours.

7.0

• Company Officers are responsible for:

Page 268: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

268

1.The safety of their assigned personnel and equipment.

2.Establishing and maintaining Tsunami

Strategic Maps maintained in the

____________. 3.Conducting annual review of the Tsunami

Strategic Maps and this instruction with subordinates in October.

Emergency Information File

• Los Angeles Command and Control (LACC)

shall conduct an immediate “All Call” for all

local earthquakes over Magnitude ___ to notify

field units of the magnitude and epicenter prior

to a roll call of each battalion commander.

4.5

• LACC is responsible for notifying all chief

officers “All-Call” of Tsunami Watches,

Advisories and ________ with pertinent

information and updates including epicenter

and geographic location, ground shaking level,

and estimated arrival times.

Warnings

Page 269: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

269

➢ Department Operations Center (DOC) at

LACC shall be the initial incident planning

until coastal unified ICP’s can be established.

➢ Battalion/Section Chiefs are responsible for: 1.Conducting an annual review of tsunami

strategic maps in October 2.Establishing tsunami unified command

posts based on the LACo Operational Area Emergency Response Plan- Tsunami Annex.

3.Establishing a communications plan with LACC and ordering resources.

4.Anticipating the need for fire department coordination and plan to evacuate “special needs” populations.

5.Maintaining personnel accountability reporting (PAR).

6.Directing a coordinated airborne search and rescue operations over land and water after tsunami impact.

7.Directing post-impact waterborne search and rescue on the sea and inundated inland areas.

8.Determining when it is safe for emergency re-engagement to conduct life-saving operations in Tsunami Inundation Zones. This is not an “All Clear”. This is emergency engagement into tsunami impact areas to save lives, with (LCES) in place.

9.Directing strategic ground search and rescue operations, initially concentrating on vertical evacuation sites, and the “tsunami interface” to inundated areas.

10. Ensuring that LCES remains in place until it has been determined by the Unified Command that the tsunami event is over.

• All supervisors of fire stations, and lifeguard

facilities in Tsunami Inundation Zones are

responsible for the following: 1.Being familiar with the boundaries of

Tsunami Inundation Zones, (available on the Department website and the County of Los Angeles website), local tsunami

Page 270: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

270

evacuation routes, and designating high ground/safe zones included in the Emergency Information File.

2.Safe evacuation of personnel to the designated high ground/safe zones and relocating marine resources (Baywatch/fire boats), a minimum of one (1) mile offshore at least ___ minutes before the anticipated arrival of tele-tsunamis or severe tidal surges.

3.When strong sustained shaking (longer than ___seconds) is felt at the coast or when a magnitude 7.0 or greater offshore quake occurs, ensuring Depart. vessels are double-tied to moorings and personnel evacuated to the designated high ground/safe zones until it is determined no tsunamis exists.

4.Establishing and maintaining LCES. 5.Maintaining personnel accountability

reporting (PAR). 6.In coordination with the Incident

Commanders, initiate strategic re- engagement into tsunami impact zones to conduct targeted helicopter- based, boat-based, and ground-based search and rescue operations.

30 min, 20 sec

• Law enforcement agencies are responsible for

evacuation and the Department is responsible

for assisting with the evacuation of

“_________” populations (people and their

companion animals requiring physical

removal).

special needs

➢ The Unified Command (after appropriate

consultation with subject matter experts

Page 271: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

271

monitoring) is responsible in determining when

an “All Clear” shall be announced for the

operational areas.

• Incident Priorities:

1.Life Safety

2.Property

3.__________

4.Assisting other public safety agencies

Environment

➢ Near-Source Event (local earthquake):

Personnel in Tsunami Inundation Zones shall

immediately perform the following tasks in the

event of strong sustained earthquake shaking

exceeding 20 seconds at the coast, or Level 2 or

greater earthquake damage on the coast; or a

magnitude 7.0 or greater earthquake with an

offshore epicenter; or signs of ocean

disturbance indicating a tsunami condition, or a

formal tsunami warning following a coastal

quake.

1.Conduct a personnel accountability report

(PAR)

2. Respond Code 3 to a designated high

Page 272: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

272

ground/safe zone. Located in the

Emergency Information File

3.Fire boat personnel shall double-tie Dept

vessels to moorings and evacuate to a high

ground/safe zone.

4.Establish and maintain LCES, with a

lookout operating from a high ground/safe

zone and provide communication to ground

units in Tsunami Inundation Zones 5.Initially conduct a jurisdictional damage

survey of areas above 50’ elevation and out of the Tsunami Inundation Zone, with a visual survey of damage evident in the Tsunami Inundation Zone.

6.If the quake is determined to have occurred onshore, or it is determined to be less than magnitude 7.0 offshore; or if no tsunami or tidal surge is evident in the first 10 minutes, Department resources shall conduct normal post-quake operations (with appropriate surveillance for tidal surges).

• Tele-Tsunami Event: Upon issuance of a

Tsunami Warning for a distant event, company

officers shall move all personnel and equipment

to high ground/safe zones __ minutes prior to

projected arrival of tsunami or tidal surge.

Company officers may assume patrol status,

assist with “special needs” evacuation, and

conduct other emergency operations. All

Baywatch and fire boats shall be moved at least

Page 273: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

273

one mile off shore to their safe refuge area __

minutes prior to the projected arrival of tele-

tsunamis or severe tidal surge.

30, 30

LEVEL I: Tsunami Watch

➢ LACC shall make notifications and continue to

monitor the tsunami pager, the West Coast and

Alaska Tsunami Warning Center (WCATWC)

webs, and the California Integrated Seismic

Network, and provide updates to the Central

Region Operations Deputy Chief, the Duty

Deputy Chief and Duty AC, and the

Jurisdictional AC.

LEVEL II: Tsunami Advisory (IN

ADDITION TO ABOVE - Tsunami Watch)

➢ The Central Region Operations Deputy Chief or

the Duty Deputy Chief shall authorize LACC to

make the following notifications of the Tsunami

Advisory with pertinent information and

updates:

1.Executive Staff and Duty Chiefs

2.Tsunami SME’s

Page 274: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

274

3.“All Call” with MDT alarm to alert all field

personnel

4.Region I fire departments

5.Coastal assistant chief and lifeguard chief

6.Technical Operations section chief

7.Urban Search and Rescue (USAR)

Coordinator

8.CA-TF2 Coordinator

9.Haz Mat Coordinator

10. EMS Director

➢ Operations personnel assigned to

resources/administrative sites within a Tsunami

Inundation Zone and others as assigned shall:

1.Annually review the earthquake and

tsunami procedures located in the

Emergency Information File.

2.Conduct a jurisdictional survey to determine

potential life safety hazards Lifeguards

shall enforce beach, harbor, and marina

closures and restrictions, and warn/advise

beach patrons to stay off the beach.

3.Coordinate with law enforcement to

determine and plan evacuation of “special

needs” civilians as needed

Page 275: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

275

4.Prepare to move all personnel and apparatus

to high ground/safe zones based on

projected tsunami arrival.

5.Ops personnel may assist with beach and

harbor closures when tide height + expected

tsunami surge = greater than 5 feet.

6.All personnel and apparatus shall move to

high ground 30 minutes prior to projected

tsunami impact. Baywatch and fire boats

shall move to their safety zone one mile off

shore 30 minutes prior.

7.Decisions to restrict/close/evacuate beaches,

harbors, and marinas shall be made by the

Unified Command.

LEVEL III: Tsunami Warning (IN

ADDITION TO ABOVE)

➢ Personnel in Tsunami Inundation Zones shall:

1.Review earthquake and tsunami procedures

in the Emergency Information File.

2.Conduct a jurisdictional survey (Code 3 or

non-Code 3 depending on the tsunami

arrival time), to determine life safety

hazards, review escape routes, high

Page 276: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

276

ground/safe zones, and critical facilities.

3.Lifeguard resources shall enforce

restrictions and closures and direct people to

stay off rocks, jetties, etc..

4.Coordinate with law enforcement to plan

and conduct evacuation of special needs

civilians and animals.

5.Respond to high ground/safe zones at least

30 minutes prior to the anticipated tsunami

arrival. Baywatch and fire boats shall be in

place in their safety zone one (1) mile

offshore at least 30 minutes prior to

anticipated tsunami arrival. Baywatch/fire

boats may be called to emergencies while

staging off shore, and it shall be the

Baywatch or fire boat captain’s decision

whether to attempt emergency operations.

6.Based on projected incident specific

information and direction, assist with beach

and harbor closures.

7.Conduct harbor/beach restrictions, closures,

and evacuations based on direction from

Unified Command.

➢ Evacuations shall be coordinated with law

Page 277: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

277

enforcement. Public evacuation notifications

may be made using the following methods:

1.Airborne public address announcements

2.Public address announcements via land-

based units

3.Press releases

4.Alert LA (Reverse 911)

5.L.A. County Emergency Alert System

(EAS) and Emergency News Network

(ENN)

• Helicopters and boat resources should be

considered to initiate search and rescue

operations in the ocean, harbors, marinas, ports,

and inundated areas when conditions allow.

Depending on anticipated size and effects of

tsunami impact, USAR Task Forces, Swiftwater

Rescue Teams, Dive 1, the Swiftwater Rescue

Task Force, and/or other components of CATF-

2, Engine Strike Teams, Dozer Strike Teams,

Crew Strike Teams, Heavy Squads and medical

cache, Ambulance Strike Teams, MIRV, and

CA-TF2 deployments should be considered to

be in place ____minutes prior to anticipated

tsunami arrival.

Page 278: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

278

30

• Battalion chiefs and lifeguard section chiefs are

responsible for co-locating and establishing

Unified Incident Command Posts. Until coastal

unified ICP’s can be established, initial incident

command shall be the ___________ at LACC.

Department Operations Center (DOC)

LEVEL IV: Sustained Strong Coastal

Earthquake (20 seconds or longer) or Coastal

or Offshore Earthquake Magnitude 7.0 or

greater

➢ A Magnitude 7.0 or greater earthquake

originating on a coastal or offshore thrust fault

could potentially generate near-source tsunamis

that can strike the coast and Catalina Island

within as little as 3-15 minutes. Another danger

is the 2,600 feet high submarine cliffs located

one mile off the Palos Verdes Peninsula that

may collapse from any cause including local

onshore or offshore earthquakes, which would

displace enough water to generate a series of

Page 279: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

279

large tsunamis impacting the coast and Catalina

Island within minutes.

➢ Emergency personnel and civilians in potential

Tsunami Inundation Areas should immediately

evacuate to high ground/safe zones immediately

after strong sustained coastal shaking (20

seconds or longer) and/or a Magnitude 7.0 or

greater offshore earthquake.

1.Personnel shall establish LCES and observe

for signs of impending tsunami or severe

tidal surge for 15-20 minutes. All field

units in Tsunami Inundation Zones shall

conduct their initial site and jurisdictional

surveys from high ground.

2.If there are no signs of a tsunami within 15

to 20 minutes, it should be assumed that no

near-source tsunamis have been generated.

Company officers with concurrence of

battalion or section chiefs consider

returning to complete the damage survey

after “All Clear” has been determined.

3.Baywatch and fire boat units that are

already offshore at the time of the event

shall respond to deep water a minimum of

Page 280: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

280

one (1) mile offshore after strong sustained

shaking (20 seconds or longer), or if a

Magnitude 7.0 or greater coastal offshore

earthquake occurs. Baywatch and fire boats

docked shall be double-tied to moorings and

personnel shall respond to a designated high

ground/safe zone.

LEVEL V: Actual Tsunami or Extreme Tidal

Surge Impact

➢ After each tsunami impact, or severe tidal surge

event, an immediate assessment of conditions

shall be initiated. These assessments may be

conducted remotely (from high ground/safe

zones), by helicopter, aircraft, or by vessels.

1.“Tsunami Interface” is a zone of high

probability for survival of people trapped in

vessels, automobiles, collapsed structures,

and debris piles that should be a priority for

search operations.

2.Many survivors may have been washed

back to the ocean, making waterborne

search another priority.

3.Survivors who used “vertical evacuation”

Page 281: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

281

may be trapped on “high ground”.

4.The main objective is to save lives while

maintaining a reasonable level of safety for

Department personnel, including protection

from subsequent tsunamis

5.Simultaneous aerial (helicopter), land-

based, marine, and small rescue boat search

and rescue operations may be required to

rescue victims.

6.In the aftermath of a large and damaging

tsunami impact, there is a need for “wide

area search operations”. A “grid search”

system shall be established to ensure that

impacted coastal and inland areas.

7.All structures, vessels, and automobiles

shall be marked using the standard USAR

search marking system

8.Bodies located during search and rescue

operations should be marked using the

standard USAR search marking system

when feasible. Body locations should be

documented on maps. Bodies found

floating in water shall be recovered or

secured to fixed objects until recovery can

be conducted.

Page 282: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

282

9.The Unified Command (after appropriate

consultation with SME’s monitoring the

actual ocean), shall determine when an “All

Clear” is to be declared in Operational areas

of Los Angeles County.

DEFINITIONS

➢ Tsunami: A series of long-period, lengthy

ocean waves generated by earthquakes,

landslides, volcanic eruptions and other events

that displace large water mass.

• ________: A tsunami that is generated from a

distant source, which could impact Los Angeles

County in 1.5 to 12 hours (depending on the

location of the source).

Tele-Tsunami

• ____________: A tsunami event generated by a source close to the affected coast:

1.Consulting scientists have informed the

Department that a Magnitude 7.0 or greater

earthquake could potentially generate a

series of near-source tsunamis that could

strike the Los Angeles County mainland and

Catalina Island in as little as 3-15 minutes.

Page 283: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

283

2.Any sustained strong shaking (lasting 20

seconds or more) is the most reliable

warning of potential near-source tsunami

conditions. An off- shore earthquake with a

Magnitude of 7.0 or greater is

recommended by scientists as another

benchmark for coastal evacuation.

3.Scientists also have discovered a line of

2,600’ submarine cliffs one mile off the

Palos Verdes Peninsula (the San Pedro

Escarpment), which could collapse from

any cause (including local onshore or

offshore earthquakes). Scientists are

convinced that collapse of these undersea

cliffs would cause a series of tsunamis up to

30’ high, striking the coast of mainland

LACo. and Catalina Island within minutes.

Near-Source Tsunami

• _____________ Zone: The California

Emergency Management Agency (CAL EMA)

commissioned a group of scientists to study the

coastline of Los Angeles County to determine

the most likely areas that could be inundated by

near-source and tele-tsunami events.

Page 284: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

284

Tsunami Inundation

• High ground/safe zone: A place of relative

safety for emergency responders and civilians

during tsunami events, located on coastal-

accessible land a minimum of ____ foot above

sea level and away from tributaries which can

carry tsunami waves further inland or to higher

elevations.

50’

➢ Tsunami Information Statement: A tsunami

information statement is issued to inform

emergency management officials and the public

that an earthquake has occurred, or that a

tsunami warning, watch, or advisory has been

issued for another section of the ocean.

• A Tsunami ____________ is issued to alert

emergency management officials and the public

of an event which may later impact the watch

area. The watch area may be upgraded to a

warning, advisory, or canceled, based on

updated information and analysis.

Page 285: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

285

Watch

• A Tsunami ________ is issued due to the threat

of a potential tsunami which may produce

strong currents or waves dangerous to those in

or near the water. The threat may continue for

several hours after the arrival of the initial

wave, but significant widespread inundation is

not expected for areas under an advisory.

Advisory

• A Tsunami ________ is issued when a potential

tsunami with significant widespread inundation

is imminent or expected. Warnings alert the

public that widespread, dangerous coastal

flooding accompanied by powerful currents is

possible and may continue for several hours

after arrival of the initial wave.

Warning

• ________ Evacuation: An alternate safe zone

when natural high ground cannot be reached

before anticipated tsunami arrival. The upper

floors or roofs of some multi-story buildings,

freeway overpasses, or other high points. A

Page 286: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

286

“worst case” tsunami can overwhelm even a 3-

story building, so taller structures are preferred.

Vertical

• Tsunami ______: A subjective term describing

a “wide zone” bordering the edge of a tsunami’s

inland travel, where homes, automobiles, and

debris were pushed before the water reversed

course and flowed back toward the ocean.

Because this interface zone may not have been

completely submerged, and because “dry”

buildings may have been collapsed it is an area

of high probability for live survivors, and

therefore should be a priority for post-impact

search and rescue operations using the standard

five stages of structure collapse search/rescue.

Interface

➢ All Clear: A subjective assessment that

danger of additional tsunami waves or extreme

tidal surges has diminished or ceased. CAL

EMA may declare an “All Clear” when two

hours has passed since a tsunami wave has

impacted land. However, due to the potential

Page 287: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

287

for extended effects from local conditions, the

Unified Command (after appropriate

consultation with the SME’s monitoring the

actual ocean, bay, harbor, marina, and port

conditions), is responsible in determining when

an “All Clear” shall be announced for the

operational areas of LACo.

1.The “All Clear” after actual impact by

extreme tidal surges is more complicated

because ocean fluctuations may continue for

24 to 48 hours, with serious consequences

harbors, bays, marinas, and ports.

2.If no signs of ocean disturbance are evident

15 to 20 minutes after strong coastal

shaking, it can be assumed that no near-

source tsunamis were generated (and thus

an “All Clear” can be declared by

commanders in the field, for the purpose of

engaging responders in emergency

operations in Tsunami Inundation Zones).

• Fire Station / Lifeguard Station Tsunami Plan:

A required component of the Emergency

Information File for administrative sites in all

coastal battalions and lifeguard sections whose

Page 288: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

288

jurisdiction includes a Tsunami Inundation

Zone or where coastal land is less than ____

feet above sea level.

100’

CHAPTER 9 – ENVIRONMENTAL EMERGENCIES

11.9.1 - AFRICANIZED HONEY BEE

1/22/13

Exclusion Zone: A minimum ___ foot area

established around the insects. This area is

subject to change according to swarm activity

300

• It is the policy of the Department that when an

active swarm of bees (not part of a commercial

or private bee hive system) is reported, and our

assistance is requested, our personnel will

respond and _________ the swarm of bees.

exterminate

• Los Angeles Communications Center (LACC)

shall notify the local ______________ when

active swarms are discovered and any incident

of multiple stings from flying insects occurs.

Page 289: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

289

Los Angeles County Vector Control District

• Resources shall respond to a reported inactive

swarm Code ____.

2

Page 290: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

290

• Resources shall respond Code __ to a reported

active swarm of bees in which a person or an

animal is being attacked.

3

➢ All personnel shall wear full personal

protective equipment including turnout pants,

coat, helmet, gloves, and a bee veil. Pant cuffs,

coat sleeves, collars, and the front of the coat

along the snaps shall be taped securely against

the body with duct tape for additional

protection.

➢ Procedures On-Scene: Non-Active swarm:

- On private property, owners shall hire a bee

removal service to abate the problem.

- On public property, LACC shall notify Los

Angeles County Vector Control to abate the

problem.

➢ Active swarm: If bees present an immediate

or future danger to civilians or animals the bees

shall be exterminated.

• When a person or an animal is being attacked:

Page 291: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

291

- Place a one inch hose line with a fog nozzle

and ____foam solution in service.

- The nozzle should be on ____ spray and

directed to drive the insects away from the

victim and personnel.

- Advise a victim to cover his/her eyes, nose,

and mouth.

- The fog spray should then be directed ___

feet into the air and back down to the ground

in ______ motions.

- If possible, place a second one inch hose line

with a fog nozzle in service to further

protection

- Establish and maintain an exclusion zone of at

least 300 feet.

1%, wide-angle fog, 30, circular

Bee extermination method: A 1% solution of

either Class “A” foam or _________ (AFFF is

only on F1, F10, F73 or a few select engines

companies in five gallon buckets) sprayed by a

fog nozzle on AHB’s is sufficient to

immediately immobilize the bees for an

indefinite period of time.

Page 292: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

292

Aqueous Film Forming Foam

➢ Foams are effective because they establish a

physical and odor barrier against the AHB’s,

neutralizing the alarm odor produced by AHB

stings.

➢ When an active swarm of bees is encountered

and no persons or animals are threatened,

Department personnel shall establish an

exclusion zone

• AHB’s that are in a defensive mode around

their hives may pursue potential threats up to

___ mile from their hive.

1/4

➢ When personnel encounter either active

swarms of bees in wildland areas, without a

protective hose line, a safe refuge area, or full

turnout gear, they shall don a protective insect

veil and retreat rapidly from the area.

➢ Air drops with foam or retardant may be

effective in killing/disorienting the AHB.

Page 293: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

293

➢ Personnel should especially guard the mouth

and nose as bees are attracted by the carbon

dioxide being exhaled. Bees are also attracted

by dark colors, hence the white protective

clothing worn by bee-keepers.

11.9.2 – SNAKE CALLS

1/29/13

• Station Response - Upon receipt of a reported

snake call, other than a bite, _________, shall

be dispatched

1 engine co.

➢ The Los Angeles Communications Center

(LACC) personnel shall dispatch the

jurisdictional engine company, or next available

resource, and request the jurisdictional animal

control unit.

LACC personnel shall inform the caller that the

policy of the LA Co fire dept is to exterminate

all __________ snakes not to relocate them

poisonous

Page 294: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

294

The response of the first in unit shall be Code

__ if in structures, and/or in life threatening

situations: Code __ may be used at the

discretion of the fire captain on other non-

threatening snake calls

"3"

"2"

• The first unit to arrive shall not go available

until the snake is relocated (non-poisonous),

killed, escapes, is under the control of a

Department, member or until _______ assumes

responsibility for the snake.

Animal Care and Control

All poisonous snakes, and all snakes that are

not positively identified as harmless, shall be

treated as poisonous and shall be killed, or

turned over to Department of Animal Care and

Control. The owner/occupant shall be informed

of the situation and permission to continue shall

be obtained.

At any time, if the owner or the informant does

not perceive the Department’s policies or

Page 295: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

295

procedures to be acceptable, or if the incident

becomes too dangerous to proceed, the

supervisor on scene may elect to contain the

area and wait for the arrival of Animal Care and

Control personnel to assume responsibility.

Personnel shall not take any aggressive action

or initiate any search until a minimum of ___

personnel are properly dressed, equipped with

the correct tools, and identification information

is obtained regarding the type of snake

involved.

2

➢ Personnel shall wear appropriate personal

protective clothing (i.e., turnout coat, turnout

pants, goggles, and structural firefighting

gloves).

• If required to kill a snake, remove its head with

a strike to the neck from either a shovel or axe.

Place decapitated head inside a tin can, and use

a tool to collapse top of can, then fold top over

once and place into a plastic bag. Personnel

may transport the can to the local fire station

Page 296: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

296

then turn over to an Animal Care and Control

Officer for disposal. Or the container may be

buried a minimum of ____ feet deep in dirt in a

location not readily accessible to the public or

to animals.

two

• When the snake incident is terminated, and

relocation is necessary, __________ shall be

notified by LACC.

Animal Care and Control

➢ If there are any questions as to the identification

of the snake, or any doubt as to the level of safety

provided to all individuals involved, evacuate

the area and wait for Animal Care and Control

personnel

➢ Poisonous snakes found in Los Angeles County

include: Southern Black Pacific Rattlesnake

(Malibu area) Mojave Green Rattlesnake

(Antelope Valley) Sidewinder (desert area) Red

Speckled Rattlesnake Northern Pacific

Rattlesnake Green Western Rattlesnake

Page 297: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

297

➢ Poisonous snakes found in Los Angeles County

1. Southern Black Pacific Rattle Snake

(Malibu Area)

2. Mojave Green (Antelope Valley)

3. Sidewinder (desert area)

4. Red Speckled Rattle Snake

5. Northern Pacific Rattle Snake

6. Green Western Rattle Snake

CHAPTER 10 – TERRORISM PROCEDURES

11.10.1 – TERRORISM –PROCEDURES FOR

FIRST RESPONDERS 05/05/05

• In general, terrorist attacks will present

themselves as a ______ and/or _______

incident possibly coupled with a multi casualty

incident

hazardous materials, USAR

• The acronym “CBRNE” stands for:

Chemical

Biological

Radiological

Nuclear

Explosive

Page 298: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

298

The most common devices used by terrorists

are ________

explosives

• The most difficult and least likely device to be

used by terrorist is a _______.device

nuclear

• The least expensive device is one that is ____

or ____ in origin. The key to the successful use

of chem-bio is an efficient means of

dissemination

chemical or biological

• The _____ process may be the single most

important and demanding task that first

responders can perform to counter the effects of

CBRNE weapons

decontamination

• ____________________: responsible for

providing the initial size up, initiating the

Incident Command System, and taking the

Page 299: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

299

necessary actions, as appropriate for the

incident.

The first arriving company

• ___________ : responsible for the overall

coordination of the IAP and coordination with

command representatives from other agencies

until the emergency has ended and order has

been restored

Incident Commander

Page 300: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

300

• ___________: personnel are responsible for the

complete assessment of the immediate hazard

when a CBRNE weapon is suspected or

identified, providing the IC with technical

assistance, and conducting and/or coordinating

activities to minimize the effect of the hazard

on life and health, the environment, and

property

Hazardous Materials Task Force (HMTF)

• _____________: personnel are responsible for

providing the IC with technical information,

conducting and/or coordinating procedures to

minimize the effects of the hazards, and

providing technical assistance and abilities as

required to accomplish the mission objectives

when an explosive device or building collapse

has been identified.

USAR task force

• Who shall also conduct and/or coordinate rapid

intervention crew (RIC) activities as is

necessary

USAR task force

Page 301: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

301

• ________________: They shall provide multi

casualty mass decontamination (MCMD)

staffing and equipment, medical specialists,

USAR and HazMat technicians and other

technical specialist that support the IC and

emergency response personnel

Metropolitan Medical Response System

Task Force (MMRS – TF)

• ___________: personnel are responsible for

OA coordination regarding the remediation

efforts when CBRNE have been released.

These members shall provide technical

assistance to the IC on the identification,

mitigation, and cleanup of a hazmat material.

They can also provide assistance in the decision

to evacuate or shelter in place victims in an area

or building.

Health HazMat Division (HHMD)

• HMMD may participate in the ______

operations assessing, with monitors and survey

devices, the effectiveness of the

decontamination victims.

Page 302: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

302

MCMD

• Who will certify the area or building for re

occupancy

HHMD

• The _______ group personnel are responsible

for notifying the Department of credible

terrorist threats and providing support to

responding agencies

Terrorism Early Warning (TEW)

Incident priorities for a suspected or confirmed

terrorist incident shall include:

1. Protection of life/health

2. Protection of the environment

3. Protection of the crimes scene

4. Protection of property and equipment

5. Preservation of crime scene evidence

• No responder shall enter a _____________

environment without wearing the appropriate

PPE, and having received the necessary training

required to understand and function in the type

of hazard present

Page 303: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

303

hazardous

Only specially trained and equipped personal

(USAR, HazMat) shall be allowed into the

_________ Zone once it has been established

Exclusion

Only the ___ may make an exception to this

policy, and only after careful consideration of

the circumstances

IC

The ____ after careful consultation with the

appropriate Technical Specialist, may redefine

the exclusion zone as well as any other

perimeter required by the incident

IC

PROCEDURES

• At the first indication that an incident maybe of

a terrorist nature, the first arriving company

shall retreat to a safe location

(uphill/upwind/upstream) and institute ______

procedures

Page 304: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

304

FRO

➢ The first arriving company officer may depart

from usual FRO procedures and establish an

exclusion zone large enough to encompass the

number of victims in the affected area and the

amount of equipment necessary to accomplish

emergency decontamination, plus an area

designated as a safe refuge area (SRA).

• An artificial line shall be established called the

________ (IDE) line to keep unauthorized

persons out and to discourage victims from

leaving until a more definitive care operation is

established (i.e., MCMD or MCI)..

isolate and deny entry

• PPE appropriate for the anticipated hazards of a

suspected terrorism related incident shall be

worn or kept readily available. This includes

(3)

a. Department authorized respiratory

protection

b. Mark-1(atropine, 2-pam/cl) auto-injectors

c. Personal dosimeter

Page 305: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

305

• The first arriving company officer shall: (5)

a. Conduct an initial size-up and communicate

initial and follow-up reports per Department

policy

b. Request a Code “T” notification via CCD

c. Request a metropolitan incident response

vehicle (MIRV), as needed, via CCD.

d. Request that the MMRS-TF be activated

and designate a staging area for them

e. Request an Incident Management Team, as

needed, via CCD.

The first arriving company shall establish the

____________ area and the ________ area and

begin emergency decontamination of the

victims

emergency decontamination, safe refuge

Page 306: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

306

➢ Initial Actions Checklist for the First Responder

--Size-up:

Location by address or intersection

Incident Type: HazMat, MCI, building

collapse, etc.

Is it dynamic or static?

Is fire involved

How many victims: their signs and

symptoms

Special Instructions: safe approach,

Staging, PPE, etc.

--Safety:

PPE

Weather conditions

Topography

Safe distances

Secondary devices

Consider all unknown substances lethal

until proven otherwise

--First Alarm Assignments:

First Arriving Company: size-up,

exclusion zone, emergency

Page 307: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

307

decontamination. Safe refuge area.

Pass command.

Second Arriving Company: assume

command, perimeter control, command

post, and water supply to first arriving

company.

Additional Arriving Companies: support

the incident per the IC.

--Incident Objectives:

Establish exclusion zone, establish IDE

line, and contain victims.

Establish emergency decon area with

FRO officer as the emergency decon

manager.

Establish a safe refuge area within the

exclusion zone and assign a FRO

firefighter as safe refuge area manager.

Communicate findings to the responding

HMTF via MDT, cell phone or through

CCD.

• Emergency Operations First Arriving Company

Officer (3)

Page 308: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

308

1. The first arriving company officer shall

conduct an initial size-up of the incident and

communicate a radio size up report

2. The first arriving company shall retreat

upwind, uphill, upstream, and at a safe

distance. Initially, all personnel shall wear

full turnouts and a SCBA

3. The first arriving company personnel shall

begin emergency decon when victims

appear symptomatic

Radio size up report shall include (6)

a. Location by address or intersection

b. Type of incident

c. Whether the incident is dynamic or static

d. Whether fire is involved

e. Estimated number of victims: their signs

and symptoms

f. Special instructions

(1) Direction of approach for incoming

units

(2) Safe distances for staging and future

operations

(3) Appropriate PPE to be worn

Page 309: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

309

• The first arriving company personnel shall

begin emergency decontamination when

victims appear symptomatic (3)

a. Establish an exclusion zone and an isolate

and deny entry (IDE) line to contain victims

b. Establish an emergency decontamination

area large enough to encompass the number

of victims and equipment needed to provide

emergency decontamination. The First

arriving company officer shall become the

emergency decon manager after passing

command

c. Establish a safe refuge area (SRA). A

firefighter shall be assigned as the safe

refuge area manager

• The second arriving company officer shall: (5)

a. Assume command

b. Establish a command post uphill, upwind,

upstream, and at a safe distance

c. Establish a perimeter control

d. Provide a water supply for the first arriving

company

e. Provide CCD with a follow-up report

f. Anticipate the need for additional resources,

Page 310: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

310

including outside resources, to mitigate the

event according to the demands of the

incident type (i.e., CBRNE)

• Chemical agents dictate the immediate use of

emergency and medical decontamination of

multiple victims. Resources available to assist

are: (5)

a. TEW

b. HMTF

c. MIRV

d. HHMD

e. MMRS-TF.

• Biological Agents may or may not require the

use of emergency decontamination as an initial

action. Resources available in this situation are:

(3)

a. TEW

b. HMTF

c. HHMD

• Radiological and nuclear devices will not

always present as such to the first responder.

The first responder should look for clues in the

Page 311: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

311

environment that may aid in the correct

assessment or interview victims/witnesses as to

the circumstances. Resources available to assist

are: (4)

a. TEW

b. HMTF

c. HHMD

d. Los Angeles County Health Radiation

Management

• Explosive devices will present as incendiary,

dissemination, or detonation devices.

Resources to assist are: (5)

a. TEW

b. HMTF

c. Arson and Explosives Detail (AED)

d. HHMD

e. USAR

Indicators of possible chemical weapons (CW)

usage (4)

a. Unusual incidents of dead or dying animals

with a lack of insects, or insects on the

ground.

Page 312: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

312

b. Unexplained casualties (Multiple victims,

Serious illnesses)

c. Unusual liquids, sprays, or vapor

d. Suspicious devices/packages

• Indicators of possible biological weapons (BW)

usage (4)

a. Unusual incidents of sick, dead, or dying

animals

b. Unusual casualties (Unusual illness for

region or area)

c. Unusual liquids, sprays, or powders

d. Unusual swarms of insects

Page 313: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

313

• Indicators of radiological or nuclear incident.

Radiological materials may present in a

situation such as (4)

a. Simple radiological device (SRD), which is

a deliberate act of spreading radioactive

material without the use of an explosive

device

b. Radiological dispersal device (RDD) or

“dirty bomb”

c. Improvised nuclear device (IND), which is

any device designed to cause a nuclear

detonation

d. Nuclear reactor attack are considered a low

probability event due to the high security

The IC shall remind all personnel to monitor

their personal dosimeters and employ _____

personnel to survey the operational area with

assigned radiological survey meters. ____

personnel shall respond to assist the IC on all

suspicious events to confirm or rule out any

radiological release

truck company, HMTF

Page 314: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

314

EXPLOSION AND COLLAPSED STRUCTURE

INCIDENTS

If a structure collapse/explosion is suspected of

having been caused by a terrorist act, one of the

greatest threats to the first responder is the

possible existence of _________ and ______

devices.

Secondary, tertiary

Evacuate all personnel and secure the scene a

safe distance from the initial explosion site. An

evacuation of a minimum distance of ____ feet

in all directions, including vertically, is

recommended by the AED

1000

• The 2000 North America Emergency Response

Guidebook (NAERG), Guide 112, warned that

and explosion may throw fragments ____

meters (___ mile) or more

1600, 1

Page 315: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

315

• During explosion and collapsed structure

incidents the IC shall immediately request for

(4)

a. law enforcement

b. AED

c. USAR and HMTF

d. Incident Management Team (IMT) and/or

MMRS-TF

• During explosion and collapsed structure

incidents the IC shall follow a full evaluation of

______ before ordering any personnel into the

impact area.

“risk vs. gain”

➢ During explosion and collapsed structure

incidents, in general, personnel should

concentrate on locating victims and rescuing

those who are lightly trapped, then begin

searching void spaces under the direction of

USAR

➢ During explosion and collapsed structure

incidents the IC shall ensure the presence of one

Page 316: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

316

or more RICs for the incident in the event of a

secondary or tertiary device activation

Suspected terrorist-driven multi-casualty

incident (MCI). After victims receive

emergency decontamination, they shall then be

directed to a safe refuge area, pending any

further decon prior to medical evaluation by

the incident medical group. The safe refuge

area shall be located in the _______ near the

contamination reduction zone (CRZ).

exclusion zone

Page 317: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

317

A medical decontamination shall be employed

as an interim measure to ensure

decontamination effectiveness prior to

evaluation of victims by the medical group.

This secondary decontamination is established

and operated by additional responding units in a

geographical location known as the ___

CRZ

If there are ___ or less victims, the HMTF

personnel can provide medical

decontamination.

10

If there are more than 10 victims, the IC shall

request the appropriate MCMD level of

response and a MIRV.

(1) _____ victims MCMD Level 1

(2) _____victims MCMD Level 2

(3) More than 200 victims MCMD Level 3

11 to 100

101 to 200

Page 318: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

318

• Decontaminated victims shall be routed to the

incident medical group located in the _______

Support Zone

COMMAND AND CONTROL

Management of a MCI incident shall be

accomplished using a unified command

approach involving (3)

a. Health

b. Fire

c. Law Enforcement

At the federal level, the ___________ is the

lead federal investigative agency and the on-

scene manager.

Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI)

• Command and Control remains with the

jurisdictional IC or unified command. Strategic

resource coordination and the acquisition and

deployment of all OA or mutual aid resources

will be coordinated by the _____________

County Emergency Operations Center

(EOC).

Page 319: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

319

• IMT’s may be activated to support the

management of fire service activities outside

the _____ and _____ zones of CBRNE

incidents

Exclusion, Contamination Reduction Zone

➢ Detailed essential elements of information

(EEI) for a variety of scenarios (preplans) are

contained in “Situation and Venue Specific

Playbooks” developed by the TEW

• The MMRS-TF will be under the direct

command and control of the incident’s

_________

operations section chief

• The MMRS-TF will augment field medical,

HazMat, and mass decon operations while

providing information and liaison to incident

response operations and hospitals in the OA.

Coordination of the MMRS-TF shall be

conducted by the ___ via CCD

TEW

Page 320: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

320

• The _________________ is a specially-trained

medical response team for nuclear, biological,

and chemical (NBC) terrorism. It is a Federal

asset

National Medical Response Team (NMRT)

• Coordination of the NMRT response shall be

conducted by the ___ via CCD

TEW

MANAGING MASS FATALITIES/DECEASED

DISPOSITION

• Management of the decedents and their

personal effects will be the responsibility of the

Los Angeles County _________. However,

contaminated bodies or items shall not be

released to coroner personnel prior to decon.

Coroner’s Office

• The _______ shall provide the official death

count during any disaster

Coroner’s office

Page 321: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

321

• Coroner personnel will coordinate their

activities with the IC, the_____, and/or the ___

to ensure appropriate mass fatality

management.

MMRS-TF

NMRT

• Oversight – Regulatory oversight is required

following HazMat releases. The area, facilities,

and items affected by the release must be held

until the _____ agency declares them fit for re-

occupancy or reuse.

HHMD

• All personnel who assist in remediation efforts

must be properly trained and equipped per

_____ regulations.

Cal-OSHA

➢ Investigative operations shall be coordinated

with the remediation effort. Coordination of

investigations and remediation ensures proper

evidence preservation and limits potential

health and safety risks to investigators.

Page 322: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

322

11.10.2 – TERRORISM DEFINTIONS AND

ACRONYMS 05/05/05

• _______: Respiratory protection consisting of

an air tight mask employing various types of

filters

Air Purifying Respirator (APR)

• _______: The least penetrating type of

radiation. Alpha particles are considered low

risk unless inhaled or ingested

Alpha Radiation

• ________: An infectious and sometimes fatal

disease, of warm blooded animals caused by the

bacterium Bacillus anthracis

Anthrax

Page 323: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

323

• There are three forms of Anthrax contamination

(3)

a. Cutaneous, or skin contact infection

b. Alimentary, or intestinal infection

c. Pulmonary, or respiratory infection

• Anthrax respiratory form is most severe,

leading to a ___ death rate if not treated

90%

• Asphyxiation: Agents that interfere with the

body’s ability to use oxygen. There are two

types

a. _______ asphyxiant: Any relatively

harmless chemical that displaces oxygen

b. _______ asphyxiant: Blood poisons that

interfere with the body’s ability to transport

oxygen

Simple, Chemical

• _______: A compound used as an antidote for

nerve agents

Atropine

Page 324: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

324

• ______: Single celled microorganisms that

cause disease in humans, plants, or animals

Bacteria

• Anthrax, brucellosis, cholera, plague, Q fever,

tularemia, and typhoid fever are all examples of

a single celled microorganisms called ______

Bacteria

• _________: A type of particle radiation that is

more penetrating than alpha radiation and can

damage skin tissue and harm internal organs

Beta Radiation

➢ Biochemicals: Chemicals that make up or are

produced by living organisms

• ___________: Living microorganisms and

toxins that have been weaponized.

Biological Weapons

• There are three general categories of biological

weapons (3)

a. Bacteria

b. Virus

Page 325: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

325

c. Toxin

• __________: Also referred to as mustard

agents, are a class of chemical agents know as

_______. They cause severe burns and

blistering to eyes, skin, and tissue of the

respiratory tract.

Blister Agent

vesicants

• Mustard and Lewisite are known as _______

agents

Blister

• _________: Chemical asphyxiants that

interferes with the body’s ability to use oxygen

at the cellular level by either blocking oxygen

from the blood’s hemoglobin or disrupting a

cell’s ability to use oxygen

Blood Agents

• Hydrogen cyanide and cyanogen chloride are

common _____ agents

blood

Page 326: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

326

B-NICE: The acronym for identifying the five

categories of terrorist incidents: Biological,

Nuclear, Chemical, Incendiary, and Explosives

➢ California Terrorism Response Plan: The

State’s addendum or annex to the California

Master Mutual Aid Plan specific to terrorism

response

• CBRNE: The nationally recognized acronym to

identify five general categories of agents or

devices that can be used in a terrorist event (5)

a. Chemical

b. Biological

c. Radiological

d. Nuclear

e. Explosive

➢ Chemical Agents: Solid, liquid, or gas

substances that have chemical properties that

generate serious of lethal effects on plants,

animals and humans

• There are five classes of chemical agents, all of

which produce incapacitation, serious injury, or

death: They are

Page 327: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

327

1. Nerve agents

2. Blister Agents

3. Blood Agents

4. Choking Agents

5. Irritating agents

➢ Choking Agents: Chemical agents that cause

physical injury to the respiratory system. In

extreme cases, membranes swell and lungs

become filled with fluid, which can result in

asphyxiation resembling drowning

• Chlorine and phosgene are examples of ____

agents

Choking

• _______: The Department’s designation for a

terrorism incident, suspected or actual. This

designation shall bring forth an added response

and notification to the TEW and other resources

through Command and Control

Code "T"

➢ Consequence Management: Planning,

organizing and directing resources to protect

Page 328: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

328

public health and safety, restore essentials

government services and provide emergency

relief to governments, businesses and

individuals affected by the consequence of a

terrorist act. The laws of the US assign primary

authority to the State to respond to the

consequences of terrorism; the Federal

Government provides assistance as required

The _____________________ is named as the

lead agency for consequence management.

Federal Emergency Management Agency

(FEMA)

➢ Both consequence management and crisis

management may operate concurrently

• _________________-The area within the

Contamination Reduction Zone (CRZ) where

decontamination takes place. All persons shall

exit the exclusion zone through the CRC as a

matter of standard operating procedures

Contamination Reduction Corridor

• _________: Situated between the exclusion

zone and the support zone, this zone provides a

Page 329: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

329

transition between the contaminated area and

the clean area.

Contamination Reduction Zone

• _________: The geographical areas established

as a measure of controlling a hazardous

materials incident. The three zones are

commonly referred to as: the exclusion (hot)

zone, the contamination reduction (warm) zone

and the support (cold) zone

Control Zones

• _________: The center of emergency

operations for the County of Los Angeles to

address response to disasters and terrorist

activities in the Los Angeles County

Operational Area

County Emergency Operations Center

(CEOC)

• ___________: Planning, organizing, and

directing resources to identify, anticipate,

prevent, and/or resolve a threat or act of

terrorism. This is predominantly a law

Page 330: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

330

enforcement response and the FBI has been

designated as the lead agency.

Crisis Management

• The local FBI has defined its role as a

__________ for the request and coordination of

federal resources during terrorist event

“one stop shop”

• ________: The systematic removal of

contaminants from persons and objects to

reduce the effects of contamination and to

prevent the possibility of cross contamination

Decontamination (DECON)

There are a number of decontamination

processes depending o the circumstances

a. Emergency Decon – Employing water from

a ladder pipe or hand line. Self decon 2 to 5

minutes

b. Respiratory Decon – Move to clean air

environment

c. Technical Decon – Providing decon for

emergency personnel in CRC by Haz Mat

d. Medical Decon – Decon through MCMD

Page 331: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

331

e. Equipment Decon

• __________: A radiation detection device that

can provide accumulated radiation dose.

dosimeter

• __________: Referring to bacterial or viral

microorganisms or toxins that cause infection or

toxicity to humans

Etiological

Page 332: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

332

• _________: The innermost of the three zones.

Created to isolate the contaminate from the

people and to keep unauthorized people away

from the contaminant.

Exclusion Zone

• Explosive: Substances that react violently

through rapid oxidation or combustion. Agents

may be classified as detonation devices with a

burning rate greater than the speed of sound

(3,300 feet per second) or ________ devices

with a burning rate of less than the speed of

sound

Deflagration

• __________: Rays of pure electromagnetic

energy that travel hundreds of meters and will

penetrate most material. Exposures can cause

skin burns and incorporation internal organs

Gamma Radiation

• ________: The area where victims shall

receive emergency decontamination

Gross Decon Area

Page 333: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

333

• ________: A classification of organophosphate

based chemical agents that were developed in

the 1930’s. Examples are: tabun (GA), Sarin

(GB), Soman (GD)

G Series Nerve Agents

• _________: Any substance that poses a threat

to health and the environment in the form of

toxicity, flammability, or chemical

reactivity/instability. They can be solids,

liquids, or gases

Hazardous materials

➢ Homeland Security Advisory System: A five

level Federal alert system in a series of

graduated terrorist threat conditions or “risk of

terrorist attacks”

a. Low (green): Low risk

b. Guarded (blue): general risk

c. Elevated (yellow): significant risk

d. High (orange): high risk

e. Severe (red): severe risk

• _________: A management tool that guides the

strategy and tactics of an emergency operation.

Page 334: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

334

A basic IAP includes a clear definition of goals

and objectives, time limits, and an ordered

sequence of events

Incident Action Plan

• Improvised Explosive Device (IED): An article

or device designed to function by explosion,

either by detonation or deflagration.

Approximately ___ of all terrorist incidents

involve IED’s

70%

• _________________: An artificial line

initiated by first responders to keep

unauthorized persons away from victims

contaminated by NBC agents to keep victims in

place until an evaluation of decon. can be

rendered

Isolate and Deny Entry (IDE) Line

Page 335: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

335

• _____________: The center established by and

under the direction of the FBI. Located at or

near the site of event, it serves as a nucleus for

decision making, coordination, and overall

management of ongoing operations. The JOC

is an expansion of the on scene FBI command

post

Joint Operations Center

• __________: An inter-agency, joint terrorist

task force for the Los Angeles Operational area.

Coordinated by the FBI with representatives

from other Federal, state and local law

enforcement agencies with the goal to direct

effective crisis and consequence management

of a terrorist threat or event

Los Angeles Task Force on Terrorism

(LATFOT)

• When LATFOT, or any single agency, has

specific or credible threat information

warranting action, they will make warnings or

disseminate that information through the _____

to the Sheriff’s EOB

Page 336: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

336

TEW

• ___________: That which exceeds the

capabilities of local and state resources,

requiring a Federal consequence management

response

Major Consequences

• ___________________: A motorized

conveyance capable of providing materials and

equipment to support a MCMD at an

emergency incident, including terrorism

incidents

Metropolitan Incident Response Vehicle

(MIRV)

➢ Metropolitan Medical Response System Task

Force (MMRS-TF): A specific resource of the

Operational Area designated to address terrorist

incidents involving WMD

• __________: The military system of PPE

against NBC contamination. There are five

levels of MOPP.

Page 337: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

337

Mission Oriented Protective Posture

(MOPP)

• Multi-Casualty Mass Decontamination

(MCMD): A decontamination process aimed at

large numbers of victims (greater than ___)

from a significant destructive event, including a

terrorism based incident, by employing a

significant number of emergency responders

and the capabilities of the MIRV

10

• ____________________(NIMS): Based on

ICS, the National Incident Management System

was authorized by the Department of Homeland

Security (DHS) in 2003

National Incident Management System

• ______________: Specially trained medical

response team for NBC terrorism that are

normally a Federal asset. These teams (they

number three in nation) are designed to

augment the Operational Area’s Metropolitan

Medical Response System Task Force (MMRS-

TF)

Page 338: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

338

National Medical Response Team (NMRT)

• _________: Chemical substances of

organophosphorus compounds that interfere

with the body’s autonomic nervous system

causing symptoms of pin point pupils,

headache, and tightness in the chest.

Nerve agent

Page 339: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

339

• Examples or nerve agents are: (4)

Sarin

Soman

Tabun

VX

• ___________: An event in which a terrorist

threat or act is executed on a nuclear facility, or

when a terrorist employs an Improvised Nuclear

Device (IND)

Nuclear Incident

• ________: Any microorganism capable of

producing serious disease or death: bacteria,

viruses, and fungi

Pathogen

• ________: Able to be absorbed by the body

through the skin

Percutaneous Agents

• ___________: Explosive devices of various

magnitudes wrapped or impregnated with

radioactive material so as to contaminate an

Page 340: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

340

area or population with radioactivity on top of

any injuries sustained from the explosive device

Radiological Dispersal Devices RDD

• REM: The Roentgen Equivalent (to) Man. It is

the dosage of ionizing radiation that will cause

the same biological effect on humans as one

roentgen of x ray or gamma ray dosage.

Internationally, the unit of measure is referred

to as a ______. One Sievert = 100 rem

Sievert

• ____________: After gross/emergency decon

is rendered, the area that is deemed safe from

any more contamination where victims shall be

directed and held pending evaluation for further

decon. or medical treatment.

Safe Refuge Area

• The SRA is located in the ______ next to or

near the contamination reduction zone.

exclusion zone

Page 341: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

341

➢ S.C.A.R.I.E. – PM: An acronym used in FRO

HazMat response that may have an application

at a terrorist incident involving CBRNE:

a. Safety

b. Command

c. Assistance

d. Rescue

e. Isolation

f. Evacuation

g. Persons responsible

h. Material involved

• ________ Threat: Prior to its activation, it is

the confirmed presence of a WMD in the form

of CBRNE capable of causing a destructive

event.

Significant

Page 342: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

342

➢ S.L.U.D.G.E: An acronym to describe

symptoms of victims affected by an

organophosphorus compound

a. Salivation

b. Lacrimation

c. Urination

d. Defecation

e. Gastrointestinal disturbances

f. Emesis

➢ S.P.A.S.M.: An acronym to describe incident

objectives at a terrorist incident:

a. Size Up

b. Perimeter control

c. Action Plan

d. Secondary devices/Security issues

e. Mass decon corridor

• _____________(SEMS): Authorized by the

Governor’s Office of Emergency Services

(OES), it is a management system, likened to

ICS

Standardized Emergency Management

System

Page 343: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

343

• ______: The outermost zone at a hazardous

materials incident. It is considered a clean area

Support Zone

➢ Terrorism: The FBI defines terrorism as “the

unlawful use of force against persons or

property to intimidate or coerce a government,

the civilian population, or any segment thereof,

in the furtherance of political or social

objectives

• __________: A multi agency group of

specialist in health, fire, and law enforcement

whose job it is to identify, analyze, and advise

response agencies and the government of any

terrorist activity or capability in the LA County

Operational Area

Terrorism Early Warning (TEW) Group

• ___________(TDS): Three protective

measures commonly associated with

radiological emergencies.

Time, distance, and shielding

Page 344: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

344

• ______: Refer to substances of natural origin

produced by, or extracted form animals, plants,

or microbes that can produce harmful effects in

humans. Examples include Botulinum, Ricin,

and Saxitoxin that sometimes occur in edible

shellfish

Toxins

• TRACEM: The acronym used to identify the

six types of harm one may encounter at a

terrorist incident:

Thermal

Radioactive

Asphyxiation

Chemical

Etiological

Mechanical

• _______: Agents that induce blistering.

Mustard and lewsite are examples

Vesicants

• ______: The simplest of microorganisms that

lack a system of their own metabolism. They

depend on living cells to multiply and cannot

Page 345: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

345

live long outside of a host. Examples include

smallpox, and Hemorrhagic fever

Virus

• _________: Nuclear material considered most

suitable for a nuclear weapon

Weapons Grade Material

➢ Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD): Any

destructive device that can be classed in

CBRNE and, by its design, can injure or kill

people or destroy property.

APPENDIX B

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

CDC - Centers for Disease Control and

Prevention

CEOC - County Emergency Operations Center

(L.A.)

CIG - Criminal Intelligence Group(s)

ECC - Emergency Coordination Center

(Region I)

LAPD-ATD - Los Angeles Police Department

– Anti-Terrorism Division

Page 346: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

346

LASD - Los Angeles County Sheriff’s

Department

LATFOT - Los Angeles Task Force On

Terrorism

MCMD - Multi-Casualty Mass

Decontamination

MIRV - Metropolitan Incident Response

Vehicle

MMRS-TF - Metropolitan Medical Response

System Task Force

11.10.3 – COLLAPSED STRUCTURE

INCIDENT PROCEDURES

05/05/05

➢ The Department’s collapsed structure response

is designed to be a multi-tiered system utilizing

first responders reinforced by USAR Task

Forces and other USAR technicians, as well as

any other resources that would be

recommended by the USAR-TF commander.

➢ The primary objective at the scene of a

collapsed structure incident is to take control of

the situation by

Page 347: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

347

a. Assessing the scene for hazards including

contaminated atmospheres and secondary

devices

b. Conducting searches of all involved areas

c. Locating and mitigating any hazards to

personnel and victims

d. Installing appropriate protective measures

as needed (e.g., shoring)

e. Locating, treating, and removing victims

entrapped in the collapse

f. Triaging, treating, and transporting injured

victims as they are removed from the

collapse zone

g. Preventing any secondary collapse

h. Preventing or extinguishing any subsequent

fires

• All first alarm companies shall position

apparatus outside the _____ in the event of a

secondary collapse.

collapse zone

• Depending on the construction type, the

collapse zone may extend to the equivalent of

the height of the building’s walls and, in some

Page 348: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

348

cases, up to ___ times the height of the

building’s walls.

Page 349: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

349

EMERGENCY OPERATIONS

• The first arriving company officer shall conduct

an initial size-up. The size-up report shall

include: (8)

a. Location by address or intersection

b. Type of incident (e.g., collapsed building,

persons trapped)

c. Whether fire is involved

d. Type of occupancy

e. Size and type of construction of building

f. Estimated number of victims

g. Presence of additional hazards e.g., gas

leaks, electrical

h. Special instructions

• During a Size up use the following guide lines

to describe size and type of construction

building (4)

a. Light frame construction

b. Heavy floor construction

c. Heavy wall construction

d. Pre-cast construction

Page 350: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

350

• The first arriving company shall establish an

appropriate perimeter (5)

a. Create an exclusion zone or an appropriate

perimeter to include safe distances from

secondary devices

b. Be prepared to provide emergency

decontamination of victims, if necessary

c. Establish a safe refuge area

d. Pass command

e. Begin the process of reconnaissance and

stabilization

• The second arriving company shall: (4)

a. Assume command

b. Establish a command post for unified

command

c. Begin perimeter control

d. Provide CCD with a follow-up report

• When beginning perimeter control operations,

keep the front and rear of the collapse clear for

_______, USAR-TF, heavy equipment, and

specialized units.

truck companies

Page 351: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

351

• The____ first arriving engine companies shall

be positioned to protect occupants and rescuers

against the threat of fire and in a way that

allows USAR units, truck companies, and

heavy equipment to access the collapse area

where the equipment is needed.

four

• The _____ and _____ arriving engine

companies shall take separate hydrants outside

the affected block and position apparatus at the

front of the collapse zone. Engine company

personnel shall prepare to supply elevated

master streams as well as a minimum of one

charged hand line of sufficient length to protect

the first arriving _______.

First and second, truck company

• The _____ and ____ arriving engine companies

shall take separate hydrants outside the affected

block and position apparatus at the rear of the

collapse zone. Engine company personnel shall

prepare to supply elevated master streams as

well as a minimum of one charged hand line of

Page 352: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

352

sufficient length to protect the second arriving

_______.

Third and fourth, truck company

➢ Highest priority, all active fire burning within

the rubble shall be extinguished to reduce the

threat to any trapped victims. Protecting

exposures shall be next in priority followed by

extinguishments of burning vehicles.

• The first arriving truck company shall position

the apparatus at the ____ of the collapse zone

front

• The second arriving truck company shall

position the apparatus at the ___ of the collapse

zone

rear

➢ Truck personnel shall secure a water source

from one of the engines positioned nearby and

extend the aerial or platform to provide for

rescue, exposure protection, fire attack, lookout

positioning, and reach in inaccessible locations.

Page 353: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

353

• USAR apparatus, USAR trailers, HazMat

apparatus, and support equipment shall be

parked in front of the collapse or at other

strategic locations ______ of the collapse zone.

outside

➢ All other vehicles and apparatus shall stage or

position away from the collapse site so as to not

impede access by USAR, HazMat, heavy

equipment, or other specialized units requiring

access to the collapse zone.

• The IC shall consult with _____ officers to help

determine the type and number of additional

resources required.

USAR-TF

COLLAPSE ASSESSMENT

• ____________: occurs when one of the

supporting walls fails or when the floor joists

break at one end. This type usually creates

large void spaces.

LEAN-TO FLOOR COLLAPSE

Page 354: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

354

• ____________: occurs when one end of the

floor or roof section is still attached to portions

of the wall, and the other end hangs

unsupported. This type of collapse is extremely

dangerous because of the unsupported sections.

LEAN-TO CANTILEVER COLLAPSE

• ____________: occurs when heavy loads cause

the floor to collapse at the center. Victims

trapped above the V-collapse are usually found

in the bottom end of the collapse. Victims

trapped below the V-collapse will be found in

the void spaces away from the “V”.

V-SHAPED VOID COLLAPSE

• ____________: occurs when bearing walls or

columns collapse, causing the upper floors to

pancake down onto the floors below. Victims

may be found between floors or in voids created

by furniture, which support the floors.

PANCAKE COLLAPSE

• ____________: occurs when forces cause floor

beams to fail at or near outer walls, yet still

supported by interior bearing wall or walls

Page 355: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

355

resulting in a tent or A-Frame configuration.

Victims trapped above the A-Frame collapse

are usually found near outside walls. Those

trapped below the A-Frame will be found

interiorly.

TENT or A-FRAME COLLAPSE

• ____________: occurs when one or more walls,

still intact, fall over like a tree. Walls may fall

their full height away from the building (for

safety, estimate 1 1/2 times the height.) Debris

thrown from the collapsing wall may travel

even further.

90° COLLAPSE

• ____________: occurs when brick or stone

walls, one or more stories high, collapse into

piles of debris that can bury victims on

sidewalks and in automobiles in parking areas

and along streets.

CURTAIN FALL COLLAPSE

• ____________: occurs when shear-walls or

foundations fail, causing heavy-floor buildings

to fall over sideways by their full height. These

Page 356: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

356

structures sometimes remain intact, but are now

on their sides.

OVERTURNING

• ____________: is the complete failure of a

structural system resulting in a deconsolidated

pile that is difficult to characterize.

TOTAL COLLAPSE

➢ Impending secondary collapse recognition.

Look for:

a. Walls out of plumb.

b. Smoke or water movement through bricks

during fire ground operations.

c. Beams pulling away from walls.

d. Buckled or sagging steel beams.

e. Large cracks and/or plaster falling.

f. Abnormally low runoff or soggy floors

during fire ground operations.

➢ Five stages of collapse search and rescue: A

logical order of progression in the approach to a

collapsed structure incident.

1. STAGE 1: Response, arrival, and

reconnaissance – first responder skills

Page 357: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

357

2. STAGE 2: Surface rescue – first responder

skills and USAR technician skills

3. STAGE 3: Void space search and rescue –

USAR technician skills and first responder

skills

4. STAGE 4; Selected debris removal – USAR

technician skills and technical specialists

5. STAGE 5: General debris removal –

requires technical specialists

STAGE 1: Response, arrival, and reconnaissance

– first responder skills

a. Response

b. Arrival

1. Single building or entire neighborhood

2. Indications of a terrorist attack

3. Any potential for secondary device

4. Signs of impending secondary collapse

5. Assume live victims in the collapse zone

until proven otherwise

6. Resource needs

7. Consider apparatus placement

8. Consider personnel safety (L.C.E.S.) and

RIC)

Page 358: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

358

9. Eliminate utility hazards, including water,

in the collapse zone

10. Establish equipment pools

11. Establish multi-casualty incident (MCI)

operations

12. Consider decontamination

Page 359: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

359

c. Reconnaissance

1. Conduct an eight-sided size-up

2. Establish strict scene control and security to

eliminate secondary attacks and/or

secondary collapse due to uncontrolled

operations

3. Begin structure triage and marking and

identify likely places where live victims can

be trapped

4. Identify building occupancy/use and the

relation of time of day or day of week to

determine the potential number of victims at

the time of collapse

5. Victims

6. What spontaneous operations are currently

underway and are they safe?

7. Indications of a terrorist attack

8. Continually monitor for presence of hazards

such as gas/water leaks, electrical shorts,

energized equipment, or secondary devices.

9. Evaluate structural stability of adjoining

buildings

• Conduct an eight-sided size-up (8)

Page 360: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

360

a. Sides A, B, C and D

b. The roof

c. The bottom or basement

d. Aerial space surrounding affected building

or collapse zone to assess falling hazards

e. Rotary sweep of the ground surrounding

affected building or collapse zone to assess

any ground- level hazards

STAGE 2: Surface rescue – first responder skills

and USAR technician skills

➢ During Stage 2 immediate rescue of surface

victims found on top of the debris, lightly

buried, or entangled should be removed first

• What are the five types of searches (5) during

surface rescue

1. Visual search

2. ‘Hail’ search – a technique to call out for

victim response immediately followed by

complete silence by all rescuers to

determine response and direction of any

victim response

3. Physical search – controlled use of hand

tools, bucket brigades, and other debris

Page 361: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

361

removal methods to rescue victims without

causing secondary collapse or crushing the

victims

4. Technical search – use of search cameras,

thermal imagers, and other devices

5. Canine search – use of Department or

mutual aid canine teams

• During Stage 2 do not move, cut, or breach any

load-bearing structural member except as

authorized by ______ personnel or structural

engineers

USAR

➢ During Stage 2 do not apply hose streams

except when necessary to control fires to

protect victims

STAGE 3: Void space search and rescue – USAR

technician skills and first responder skills

• Exploration of ______ and other likely survival

places, reaching victims whose locations are

known even if they cannot be seen or heard.

survivable void spaces

Page 362: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

362

• During Stage 3 initially, void search will consist

of calling and listening (_______), coupled with

a visual search of areas that are accessible

without cutting, lifting, or removing load-

bearing members.

hailing

Page 363: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

363

➢ Search for trapped victims using the “hailing

system”.

1. Place rescuers in “call” and “listening”

positions.

2. Eliminate all external noises (call for

operational silence).

3. Going “around the clock”, each rescuer

calls out or taps on something. A period of

silence (and listening) should follow each

call.

4. After a sound has been picked up, at least

one additional “fix” should be maintained

until the victim is recovered.

➢ Paramedic medical teams shall be at hand to

treat trapped victims while they are being

extracted.

• Breaching and shoring will require _____

technician skills

USAR

• It is safer to cut holes in floors and use the

“_______” approach than to breach walls.

vertical shaft

Page 364: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

364

➢ Only USAR, or other qualified personnel under

the supervision of USAR, should attempt

shoring. Shoring should NEVER be removed

once it is in place in an unstable building.

The __ shall ensure that RICs sufficient in

numbers and strategically positioned during

Stage 3 operations.

IC

STAGE 4; Selected debris removal – USAR

technician skills and technical specialists

• Prior to stage____ all accessible void spaces

have been checked and victims removed.

4

➢ At this stage, responders will reduce the size of

the debris piles, search for additional victims, or

access victims that are known to be trapped

below.

STAGE 5: General debris removal – requires

technical specialists

Page 365: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

365

• The decision to begin Stage ___ should be

made only after it has been determined that all

victims have been accounted for, or that no

other victims will be found alive. In many

cases, Stage 5 has been reached after 15-20

days.

5

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION TYPES*

• ___________: Materials used for construction

are generally lightweight and provide a high

degree of structural flexibility to applied forces

such as earthquakes, hurricanes, tornados, etc.

These structures are typically constructed with

skeletal structural frame system of wood or

light gage steel components, which provide

support to the floor or roof assemblies.

Light Frame Construction

• Light Frame Construction types are wood frame

structures used for residential, multiple low-rise

occupancies and light commercial occupancies,

up to ___ stories in height. Light gage steel

frame buildings include commercial business

Page 366: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

366

and light manufacturing occupancies and

facilities.

four

• ____________: Structures of this type are built

utilizing cast-in-place concrete construction

consisting of flat slab panel, waffle or two-way

concrete slab assemblies. Pre-tensioned or

post-tensioned reinforcing steel rebar or cable

systems are common components for structural

integrity. The vertical structure supports

include integrated concrete columns, concrete

enclosed or steel frame, which carry the load of

all floor and roof assemblies. This type

includes heavy timber construction that may use

steel rods for reinforcing.

Heavy Floor Construction

• Examples of this type of construction include

offices, schools, apartments, hospitals, parking

structures, and multi-purpose facilities.

Common heights vary from single story to

high-rise structures.

Heavy Floor Construction

Page 367: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

367

• _______________: Materials used for

construction are generally heavy and utilize and

interdependent structural or monolithic system.

These types of materials and their assemblies

tend to make the structural system inherently

rigid. This construction type is usually built

without skeletal structural frame. It utilizes a

heavy wall support and assembly system to

provide support for the floors and roof

assemblies. They also use an interdependent

girder, column and beam system for providing

lateral wall support of floors and roof

assemblies.

Heavy Wall Construction

• These occupancies typically include

commercial, mercantile, and industrial. Other

examples of this type of construction include

reinforced and un-reinforced masonry (URM)

buildings typically of low-rise construction, one

to six stories in height, of any type of

occupancy.

Heavy Wall Construction

Page 368: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

368

• _______________: Structures of this type are

built utilizing modular pre-cast concrete

components that include floors, walls, columns

and other subcomponents that are field

connected upon placement on site. Individual

concrete components utilize imbedded steel

reinforcing rods and welded wire mesh for

structural integrity and may have either steel

beam, column or concrete framing systems

utilized for the overall structural assembly and

building enclosure. These structures rely on

single or multi-point connections for floor and

wall enclosure assembly and are a safety and

operational concern during collapse operations.

Pre-Cast Construction

• Examples of this type of construction include

commercial, mercantile, office, and multi-use or

multi-function structures including parking

structures and large occupancy facilities.

Pre Cast Constructions

EXAMPLES OF SEARCH MARKINGS FOR

LACo FD

Re

s 1

Page 369: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

369

➢ A single slash and unit identity are marked

upon entry to a structure. This indicates

search operations are in progress within this

area

➢ The second, crossing slash shall be drawn when

all personnel exit from that structure.

The following illustrations define the search

assessment marks: (2' x 2' letter "X")

STRUCTURE TRIAGE AND HAZARD

MARKINGS

Make a large (2' x 2') square box

with orange spray paint on the

outside of the main entrance to

the structure. Put the date, time,

hazardous material (HM)

conditions and team or

company identifier outside the

box on the right hand side. This

9/12/93

1310

hrs.

HM -

nat. gas

SMA -

E-1

1/01/10

1400 hrs

2 – Live 2 - Dead

RES -1

RATS

Left Quadrant: LACo FD company or

team designation given at the Command

Post

Top Quadrant: the time and date that the company left the structure

Bottom Quadrant: number of live and expired victims still inside the structure/area. ["0" = No Victims]

Right Quadrant: personal

hazards to units/teams.

Re

s 1

Page 370: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

370

information can be made with a

lumber marking device.

Structure is accessible and safe

for search and rescue

operations. Damage is minor

with little danger of further

collapse.

9/12/93

1310

hrs.

HM -

none

SMA -

E-1

Structure is significantly

damaged. Some areas are

relatively safe, but other areas

may need shoring, bracing, or

removal of falling and collapse

hazards.

9/12/93

1310

hrs.

HM -

nat. gas

SMA -

E-1

Structure is not safe for search

or rescue operations. May be

subject to sudden additional

collapse. Remote search ops

may proceed at significant risk.

If rescue ops are undertaken,

safe haven areas and rapid

evacuation routes should be

created.

9/12/93

1310

hrs.

HM -

nat. gas

SMA -

E-1

Page 371: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

371

Arrow located next to a

marking box indicates the

direction to a safe entrance

into the structure, should the

marking box need to be made

remote from the indicated

entrance.

11.10.5 – NUCLEAR, BIOLOGICAL

CHEMICAL (NBC) AGENTS

05/05/05

➢ It is the policy of the Los Angeles County Fire

Department to provide for the mitigation of

threat and damage to life, environment and

property while ensuring the safety of

Department personnel.

➢ Chemical weapons (CW): are solids, liquids, or

gases that have chemical properties that

produce lethal or serious effects on plants and

animals. They are similar to hazardous

industrial chemicals, but hundreds of times

more toxic.

Page 372: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

372

• Dissemination of chemical weapons can include

(3)

Aerosol, Manual, covert techniques

• Chemical weapons are classified according to

how they affect the human body. This

discussion will classify chemical weapons into

five types of agents:

a. neurotoxins _________

b. skin irritants _________

c. chemical asphyxiants _________

d. respiratory irritants __________

e. antipersonnel agents __________

(nerve agents)

(blister agents)

(blood agents)

(choking agents)

(riot control agents)

NERVE AGENTS

➢ Nerve agents are organophosphorus

compounds. When used, these agents interfere

with the function of the central nervous system.

Death occurs from cardiopulmonary failure.

Page 373: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

373

Page 374: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

374

➢ Examples of these nerve agents are:

Tabun (GA)

Sarin (GB)

Soman (GD)

VX

NERVE AGENTS

Common Name & Military Symbol Tabun (GA) Sarin (GB) Soman (GD) VX

Volatility/Persistence Semi-persistent Persistent

Rate of Action Extremely rapid

Route of Entry Respiratory and skin

Odor Fruity Camphor Sulfur

Symptoms Pinpoint pupils, salivation, vomiting, diarrhea, twitching, and difficulty breathing

Protection Protect respiratory and skin

First Aid Use Atropine and 2-Pam chloride

Decontamination Remove agent and flush with soap and water or diluted bleach

• Nerve agents, although not easily obtained, are

considered the most toxic. A lethal dose

received through skin contact (percutaneous)

can cause death within ___ hours. A

respiratory lethal dose can cause death in one to

ten minutes.

two

• Decontamination is accomplished by removal

of the victim’s outer garments while flushing

with water and an application of soap or diluted

bleach. Personnel involved in this activity shall

Page 375: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

375

wear a _______ chemical protective clothing

(CPC) at a minimum.

Level B

BLISTER AGENTS

• Blister agents, also referred to as _____, are

classified as vesicants, or agents that induce

blistering

mustard agents

• There are three known blister agents:

a) Mustard (H)

b) Lewisite (L)

c) Phosgene Oxime (CX)

• Of the three blister agents, ______ is the easiest

to produce, thus, the most likely to be

encountered.

Mustard

BLISTER AGENTS

Common Name/Military Symbol Mustard/(H) Lewisite/(L) Phosgene Oxime/(CX)

Volatility/Persistence Persistent

Rate of Action Delayed Rapid

Route of Entry Skin – Inhalation – Eyes

Odor Garlic Geraniums Irritating

Symptoms Eyes: Burning, Inhalation: Coughing, Skin: Blistering after 4-24 hours and pain

Protection Protect respiratory and skin

First Aid Remove from area, decontaminate, and ensure airway

Page 376: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

376

Decontamination Immediate – flush with soap and water

BLOOD AGENTS

➢ Blood agents: are chemical asphyxiants because

they interfere with the human body’s ability to

use oxygen at the cellular level.

• The types of blood agents for this discussion are

two: (2)

a. Hydrogen Cyanide (AC)

b. Cyanogen Chloride (CK).

BLOOD AGENTS

Common Name/Military Symbol Hydrogen Cyanide (AC) Cyanogen Chloride (CK)

Volatility/Persistence Non-persistent

Rate of Action Rapid

Route of Entry Respiratory

Odor Bitter almonds or peach kernels

Symptoms Gulping or gasping for air, reddish skin and lips, unconsciousness, death

Protection Protect respiratory and skin

First Aid Remove from the area, high flow O2 by mask, antidote therapy by paramedics

Decontamination Respiratory Decon, remove outer clothing, and soap and water as appropriate

CHOKING AGENTS

➢ The two principle choking agents that will be

discussed are

a. Chlorine (Cl)

b. Phosgene (CG)

• When either of these agents comes in contact

with the human body, _______ is produced

Page 377: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

377

causing chemical burns to the body tissues (i.e.,

skin, eyes and lungs).

Hydrochloric Acid

CHOKING AGENTS

Common Name & Military Symbol Phosgene (CG) Chlorine (Cl)

Volatility/Persistence Non-persistent

Rate of Action Rapid

Route of Entry Respiratory

Odor Newly mown hay Strong bleach

Symptoms Coughing, choking, tightness in the chest

Protection Respiratory and skin

First Aid Carry from area, high flow O2

Decontamination Aeration and water flush

• Removing victims from the affected area

accomplishes respiratory decontamination.

Flushing with copious amounts of ____ will

reduce the caustic affects of these chemicals on

the skin. Outer garments should be removed

and bagged to isolate the off-gassing effect of

the chemical saturated in the clothing fibers.

water

ROIT CONTROL AGENTS

➢ Riot control agents: are generally used to

incapacitate, not to kill.

a. Chloracetephenone (CN)

b. Orthochlorobenzalmalonitrile (CS)

c. Oleoresin Capsicum (OC)

Page 378: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

378

• Roit control agents are classified as propelled

aerosols or sprays. Their rate of action is rapid

(within __ to __ seconds), but they are not

persistent (approximately __ to __ minutes).

3-7

10 to 30

➢ The usual route of entry is the eyes, respiratory

system, and moist areas of the skin. Symptoms

are intense pain and tearing in the eyes,

coughing, tightness in the chest, and shortness

of breath. Decontamination consists of removal

of clothing and washing with soap and water for

CN and CS cases.

• Water may relieve some of the pain from an OC

agent, but because an OC agent is non-water-

soluble, ________ is the decontamination

option for these victims.

Aeration

BIOLOGICAL WEAPONS (BW)

• Biological Weapons (BW): are made from

either _________ or ________.

Page 379: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

379

Microorganisms

biological toxins

• ________ are chemical compounds created

from plants, animals, and microbes. _________

are living viruses or bacteria that can establish

deadly infections in their victims. Biological

weapons agents have no color, taste, or smell.

Biological toxins, Microorganisms

➢ Most biological agents need to be inhaled or

ingested to be harmful (the body’s skin

provides a good protective barrier against these

agents)..

➢ All biological agents have a delayed effect:

Incubation periods can range from hours, days,

or weeks depending on the type of agent. The

first indication that the first responder is dealing

with a biological agent may be the pattern of

similar symptoms observed in many infected

patients at emergency rooms or when

responding to calls over a period of time.

Page 380: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

380

➢ EMS-defined “universal precautions” should be

followed without exception (i.e., gloves, eye

protection, and mask). Utilizing communicable

disease kits should be considered in some cases.

MICROORGANISMS

➢ Microorganisms – bacterial agents: are single-

celled and plant-like in structure. The list

includes

a. Bacillus anthracis (anthrax)

b. Yersinia pestis (plague)

c. Q fever

d. Salmonellae

• Anthrax is easily grown and can be kept almost

indefinitely in the spore (dormant) form under

the proper conditions. Weaponized anthrax is a

very fine dust, which if inhaled, could yield as

much as a ___ mortality rate.

90%

Page 381: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

381

ANTHRAX (Bacillus anthracis)

Dispersion Delivered as a dust: will contaminate environment and water

Onset Symptoms appear in 1-6 days

Symptoms Chest pain, cough, fatigue and fever – progresses to shortness of breath, diaphoresis, cyanosis, and death

Protection Universal precautions with mask for blood and body fluid protection. Communicable disease kits

Decontamination Soap and Water. Use diluted bleach, as appropriate

PNEUMONIC/BUBONIC PLAGUE – See

manuals for chart and more information if

interested

Q FEVER – See manuals for chart and more

information if interested

SALMONELLA – See manuals for chart and

more information if interested

➢ Microorganisms – viral agents: are smaller than

most bacteria and live on or within other cells,

called host cells. This discussion will key on

three types of viruses that may be used as

weapons:

a. variola virus (smallpox)

b. Venezuelan equine encephalitis (VEE)

c. viral hemorrhagic fevers (VHFs).

SMALLPOX (Variola virus)

Dispersion Airborne through aerosolization

Onset Symptoms appear in about 12 days

Symptoms Fever, vomiting, head/back ache, rash on face and extremities followed by pustules and eventual scabs.

Protection Infected persons contagious up to 17 days after onset. Universal precautions, protect from body fluids

Page 382: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

382

Decontamination Soap and water

VENEZUELAN EQUINE ENCEPHALITIS –

See manual for charts and more information if

interested

VIRAL HEMORRHAGIC FEVER (VHF) ie,

Ebola – See manual for chart and more

information if interested

BIOIOLOGICAL TOXINS

➢ Toxins considered for terrorist use include

a. Botulinum Toxin (botulism),

b. Staphylococcal Enterotoxin B (SEB)

c. Ricin

BOTULISM – See manuals for chart and more

information if interested

STAPHYLOCOCCAL ENTEROTOXIN (SEB) –

See manuals for chart and more information if

interested

• ______ is a biological toxin formed in the seed

of the castor plant. There is no antidote for ___

poisoning.

Page 383: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

383

Ricin, ricin

Page 384: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

384

RADIOLOGICAL

➢ Radiation that has enough energy to remove

electrons from any material it passes through is

called ionizing radiation.

• Alpha

particles

Particles that quickly lose energy

and travel only 1-2 inches through

air. They have limited penetrating

power, and can be stopped by

clothing or a sheet of paper.

• Beta

particles

Particles that travel about 10-15 feet.

Some beta particles can penetrate the

skin. Materials such as aluminum

and other metals, plastic, and glass

can stop the penetrating power.

Gamma

rays

Rays that are pure electromagnetic

radiation. Rays travel hundreds of

meters and will penetrate most

material. Intensity is reduced by

heavy, dense material like steel,

concrete, earth, or lead.

• ______ particle radiation, involving fine dusts

or liquids, is considered an internal hazard, a

Page 385: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

385

poison that can enter the body by inhalation,

ingestion, or through wounds in the skin.

Alpha

• ___ particle’s radiation penetrating power,

greater than alpha particle radiation, is

considered to be both an external hazard –

damaging the body’s skin and eyes – and an

internal hazard if inhaled, ingested, or

introduced into wounds in the skin.

Beta

• ______ rays are external hazards generally

associated with skin contamination and the

biological effects of local tissue and cutaneous

irradiation with an increased probability of

internal contamination.

Gamma

• The Reontgen (R) measures quantity of

radiation. The amount of energy deposited in

any material by ionizing radiation is the

radiation absorb ___, or rad. The rad represents

a measure of energy absorbed per gram of

material.

Page 386: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

386

dose

• The Reontgen Equivalent Man, or rem, is a unit

that measures the effects of ionizing radiation

on humans. This dose is expressed in ___ and

_____ (1/1000 of a rem).

Rem, millirem

• The average annual radiation dose received by

the public is about ____ mrem (millirem). The

threshold for any real consequences begins at

around ___rem. A typical life-threatening dose

is around ___ rem.

360, 200, 450

• ______ companies, HazMat task forces, and

______ officers carry radiological detection

devices that will support first responders’

operations.

Truck, HHMD

➢ Health risks associated with ionizing radiation

depend on two factors: the dose and the dose

rate. The dose is the total amount of radiation

Page 387: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

387

received and the dose rate is the length of time

over which the dose was received.

• When first responders suspect that radioactive

materials are involved at their incident, they

shall use full turnout PPE, including a _______

and employ the concept of time, distance, and

shielding to limit their exposure.

SCBA

➢ Distance: The dose rate varies inversely with

the square of the distance

PPE

Alpha

particl

es

FROs wearing turnout PPE with a

SCBA may be appropriate. Decon.

after every is a must.

Beta

Particl

es

FROs wearing turnout PPE with a

SCBA shall limit their time in the

exclusion zone. A quick “in-and-out”

may be a viable option. HazMat Level

B protection may be sufficient for this

hazard. Decontamination after every

entry is a must.

Page 388: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

388

Gamm

a

radiati

on

FROs wearing turnout PPE with a

SCBA shall weigh “risk vs. gain” and

enter the exclusion zone only for

rescue. HazMat Level A is not

sufficient for this hazard. Severely

limiting the duration of exposure is the

only viable defense. Because alpha

and beta particles often accompany

gamma rays, decontamination should

be accomplished after every entry.

The types of injuries from radiation exposure

are caused by external irradiation,

contamination, incorporation, or a combination

of all three.

Exter

nal

irradi

ation

When radiation (gamma or x-ray) passes

through the body. The intensity depends

on the amount of exposure to source. A

victim does not become radioactive.

Rescuers will not receive radiation

injury from victim.

Conta

minat

ion

When victim is partially or wholly

covered with radioactive material.

Rescuers can be cross-contaminated.

Page 389: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

389

Rescuers shall self-decon after decon.

victims.

Incor

porat

ion

When tissue, cells, and organs take in

the radiation (e.g., radioactive Iodine

seeks out the thyroid gland). If

incorporation exists, then the victim is

also considered contaminated. Use

decontamination.

Decontamination should consist of:

Firs

t

Lightly wet down victim to reduce the risk

of contaminated materials becoming

airborne or ingested.

Sec

ond

Methodically stripping off the

contaminated clothing or PPE from the top

down, then isolating clothing in plastic

bags.

Thi

rd

Flushing any contamination from exposed

skin and hair. Soap is beneficial.

Fou

rth

Covering victim to protect from exposure.

➢ Radiological weapons: are simple devices that

spread radioactivity by

Page 390: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

390

a. covert action (simple radiological device or

SRD)

b. accompanying explosive device

(radiological dispersal device or RDD)

• ______________________: is a dissemination

device to deliberately expose a radioactive

source, covertly, so as to irradiate persons

without their knowing or to contaminate an area

or the environment with radioactive particles.

Simple radiological device (SRD):

• _____________________: also called a “dirty

bomb”, is an explosive dispersion device using

conventional explosives of various magnitude

wrapped or impregnated with radioactive

material

Radiological dispersal device (RDD)

• When there is a suspicion or a confirmation of a

device, first responders shall request response

from the ____________, as well as a HazMat

response. All personnel shall be on alert for

any secondary or tertiary devices.

LASD Arson and Explosives Detail

Page 391: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

391

• Explosive weapons (including incendiary): are

the apparent weapons of choice among terrorist

groups. It is estimated that ____ of all terrorist

attacks worldwide involve explosives.

70%

• The FBI has noted three facts regarding

explosive of weapons:

a. When public safety agencies know of the

presence of a device, they have only a ___

chance of finding it before it goes off.

b. Hundreds of hoax bomb threats are reported

each year.

c. Residential properties are the most common

targets for bombers.

20%

• Incendiary Devices consists of three basic

components (3)

a. igniter or fuse

b. a container or body

c. an incendiary material or filler.

Page 392: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

392

➢ First responders shall not handle any device that

is discovered prior to its ignition. Handling

such devices can result in its ignition and the

device is critical evidence of the crime scene.

• Explosive devices: are substances or articles

designed to function by explosion, either by

________, with a burning rate greater than

3,300 feet per second (the speed of sound), or

by ________, with the burning rate less than

3,300 feet per second.

Detonation, deflagration

• Incident commanders shall ensure the presence

of a __________ on an explosives incident to

stand ready in the event of a secondary or

tertiary device activation that may injure

personnel or cause them to be trapped

rapid intervention crew (RIC)

11.10.6 – EMERGENCY

DECONTAMINATION CONSIDERATIONS

05/05/05

Page 393: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

393

• _________________: The area within the

contamination reduction zone (CRZ) where

decontamination takes place. All persons shall

exit the exclusion zone through the CRC as a

matter of standard operating procedures.

Contamination Reduction Corridor (CRC)

• ________: The three zones are commonly

referred to as: the exclusion (hot) zone, the

contamination reduction (warm) zone, and the

support (cold) zone.

Control Zones

DECON

• ___________: The systematic removal of

contaminants from persons and objects to

reduce the effects of contamination and to

prevent the possibility of cross-contamination.

Decontamination (Decon)

Emergency Decon: (a.k.a. gross decon)

Employing a water stream from a ladder pipe,

monitor, or hand line to provide a flushing

Page 394: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

394

technique with directions to victims to self-

decon in the water for ____ to ___ minutes.

Two, five

• Medical Decon: Decontamination through a

_____ corridor, which assures thoroughness and

evaluates effectiveness of the decontamination

of civilians.

MCMD

➢ Respiratory Decon: Directing victims to a

clean air environment and providing respiratory

adjuncts.

• Technical Decon: Providing decontamination

for ________, usually provided in the

contamination reduction corridor by HazMat

Task Force personnel.

emergency personnel

• Emergency Decon Area: The area in the

_______ where emergency decon will take

place.

exclusion zone

Page 395: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

395

• _________________ (MCMD): A

decontamination process aimed at large

numbers of victims (greater than ten) from a

significant destructive event, including a

terrorism-based incident, by employing a

significant number of emergency responders

(e.g., a minimum of two engine strike teams)

and the capabilities of the MIRV.

Multi-Casualty Mass Decontamination

• ________: After gross/emergency decon is

rendered, the area that is deemed safe from any

more contamination where victims shall be

directed and held pending evaluation for further

decontamination or medical treatment. The

SRA is located in the exclusion zone next to or

near the contamination reduction zone.

Safe Refuge Area

• Personnel assigned to the Multi-Casualty Mass

Decontamination (MCMD) group shall provide

necessary medical decontamination to numbers

of casualties prior to those casualties entering

the medical area in the_________

Page 396: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

396

support zone.

➢ The first arriving company officer engaging

victims either inside or outside of the 300-foot

perimeter of the affected area, persons, or

devices shall:

a. Provide for firefighter safety

b. Ensure that appropriate PPE is worn

c. Isolate and deny entry

d. Isolate and discourage exit

e. Pass command to the next arriving company

outside the affected area

f. Provide CCD with an initial size-up report

g. Designate a safe refuge area within the

exclusion zone

h. Begin emergency decon in the emergency

decon area

i. Offer direction and reassurance to victims.

Provide CCD with an initial size-up report

including (6)

a. Location by address or intersection

b. Incident type

c. Whether it is dynamic or static

d. Whether fire is involved

Page 397: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

397

e. How many victims: their signs and

symptoms

f. Special instructions

➢ When beginning emergency decon in the

emergency decon area use hose lines and/or

elevated platforms with low-pressure fog

streams to “rain” down on the victims like a

shower

• Wet down victims before directing them to

remove their outer garments, and expect

modesty to be a problem. Assure the victims

that ___ of the contaminants can be removed by

this simple act, and may save their life.

80%

• Emergency decontaminated victims shall be

directed to a ________ area

safe refuge

• The second arriving company officer shall be

the first unit outside the ___-foot perimeter

300

Page 398: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

398

➢ The second arriving company officer shall:

a. Provide for firefighter safety

b. Ensure that appropriate PPE is worn

c. Assume command and follow Incident

Command System (ICS) procedures

d. Place the incident command post upwind,

uphill, upstream, and away at a safe

distance

e. Provide first arriving company with a water

supply

f. Establish unified command between health,

law enforcement and fire

g. Provide perimeter control to deny entry and

discourage exit

h. Establish evidence preservation and crime

scene protection actions

➢ All personnel shall consider the area a crime

scene:

1. Work closely with law enforcement within

unified command

2. Have law enforcement accompany fire

personnel at control points

3. All personnel will be expected to secure

evidence throughout a terrorism incident

Page 399: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

399

➢ After the initial response has been activated,

and it has been determined that an expanded

response with MCMD is needed the IC shall

consider the following:

a. Size-up of the MCMD incident and

determine placement and resources needed

b. Initiate a MCMD group

c. Set up the MCMD corridor

d. Manage the MCMD operations

e. Demobilize and terminate the MCMD

operations

MCMD SIZE UP

When estimating the size of the MCMD

corridor (rule of thumb: ____ X ___)

100’, 100’

When the number of victims is 10 or less, then

MCMD does not apply. The ________ shall

accomplish decontamination of the victims.

HazMat task force (HMTF)

• If the number of victims is between 11 and 100,

then a MCMD _____ should be instituted. This

Page 400: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

400

shall consist of a ___ engine strike team

response and a Metropolitan Incident Response

Vehicle (MIRV).

Level I, Two

If the number of victims is between ___ and

___, then a MCMD Level II should be

instituted. __ engine strike teams shall respond

with a MIRV.

101 and 200, Four

Page 401: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

401

• If the number of victims exceeds ____, then a

MCMD Level III (a.k.a. MCMD Catastrophe)

exists. Resources of a MCMD Level II shall be

responded and a request for mutual aid shall be

coordinated through CCD and California

Region I.

200

• The placement of the MCMD operations shall

be in the designated contamination reduction

zone, uphill and upwind of the exclusion zone.

This location shall be known as the ______.

MCMD corridor

➢ Initiation of the MCMD resources, including a

MIRV, begins when the IC requests a Code-T

notification and requests the resources and

equipment directly from CCD.

➢ When setting up the MCMD corridor the

following shall apply:

a. Determine the proper location for the

MCMD (i.e., uphill, upwind, and at a safe

distance) proximal to the designated safe

refuge area

Page 402: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

402

b. The location must accommodate apparatus,

equipment, a number of personnel, and the

estimated number of victims appropriate for

the incident.

c. The decontamination area must also take

into account an anticipated increase in the

MCMD level of response.

d. Determine a water supply

➢ The objective of the MCMD operations is to

ensure appropriate decontamination is delivered

to as many victims as is practical prior to

directing or otherwise transferring those victims

to the medical group for further triage,

treatment, and transportation. Paramount in this

endeavor is the safety of ALL emergency

responders throughout the process.

Page 403: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

403

• The MCMD group supervisor position reports

to the ____________

operations section chief.

Page 404: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

404

➢ The MCMD group supervisor position:

a. Reports to the operations section chief.

b. Is responsible for the implementation of the

phases of the Incident Action Plan (IAP)

dealing with the decontamination of mass

casualty victims.

c. Is responsible for the assignment of

resources within the MCMD group.

d. Reports on the progress of the decon.

operations and the status of resources within

the MCMD group.

e. Directs the overall operation of the MCMD

group.

➢ The MCMD group supervisor shall:

a. Identify the established control zones.

b. Establish the MCMD contamination

reduction corridor (CRC).

c. Ensure environmental monitoring of

contaminants.

d. Conduct safety meetings with the MCMD

group.

e. Participate, when requested, in the

development of the IAP.

f. Ensure coordination with health officials.

Page 405: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

405

g. Request law enforcement, as needed.

h. Ensure that all patients are directed to the

medical group.

i. Ensure that safe operational procedures are

followed.

j. Ensure that proper personal protective

equipment is used.

k. Maintain a Unit Activity Log (ICS 214).

• All MCMD decon leaders positions report to

the ____ group supervisor.

MCMD

➢ All MCMD decon leaders shall:

a. Carry out actions, as directed by the MCMD

group supervisor.

b. Maintain communications and coordinate

operations with the safe refuge area (SRA)

manager.

c. Maintain control of the movement of people

and equipment within the MCMD

operation, including contaminated victims.

d. Coordinate the transfer of all

decontaminated patients to the medical

group.

Page 406: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

406

e. Coordinate the transfer, handling and

storage of contaminated personal effects

within the CRC.

f. Ensure that safe operational procedures are

followed.

g. Ensure that proper PPE is used.

h. Maintain a Unit Activity Log (ICS 214).

➢ All decon personnel shall:

a) Wear white coated Tychem SL coveralls

prior to entering the assembled CRC.

b) Never leave the CRC without first having

the benefit of decontamination.

• Demobilizing and termination of the MCMD

operations

a) Termination of the MCMD operations

occurs only after a concurrence among all

agencies having jurisdiction has been

reached.

b) Demobilization shall begin only after the

IC, in conjunction with the ________

officer has given approval to do so.

c) When the order to demobilize has been

given, ____ personnel shall assist the MIRV

Page 407: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

407

personnel in restoring unused MCMD

supplies and decontaminated equipment to

the vehicles as is practical.

Health HazMat Division (HHMD)

MCMD

Page 408: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

408

MCMD LAYOUT

The proper location for the MCMD (uphill,

upwind, and at a safe distance) is proximal to

the designated __________ area. Anticipate

that a second, third and fourth MCMD corridor

may be required to surround the operational

area.

Safe refuge

COMBINATION ENGINE COMPANIES AND

TENTS

Page 409: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

409

➢ The success to MCMD is getting cooperation

from the victims who need decontamination.

Create corridors with three engines to

accommodate male, female and non-ambulatory

victims requiring decontamination.

During MCMD operations attach a _______

nozzle to a _____ discharge gate on the side of

the engine. Engines shall have adequate

pressure (approximately 50 psi) at the discharge

gates one-quarter open

2 ½” fog

2 ½”

• Secure a water supply and place engines

approximately ___ to ___ feet apart. All

windows of engines should be closed

12 to 16

➢ Provide modesty: install curtains by draping

salvage covers over the rope from rope bags

tied-off from engine to engine (dashed lines)

➢ MCMD tent dimensions are 12’ x 12’.

Page 410: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

410

11.10.8 – TERRORISM – CODE “T”

PROCEDURES 05/05/05

• The IC shall request a Code “___” notification

if, in his opinion, the situation warrants and be

ready to report finding to the LACoFD

_____________ representative

T, Terrorism Early Warning (TEW)

• Communications between the IC and the

LACOFD TEW representative shall be

accomplished via landline, cellular telephone,

MDT, or lastly, _____

Radio

• Situations that may necessitate a Code “T”

request may fall into the following (3)

a. Threatened Use – When information of a

threatened use of CBRNE leads to the

designation of a “decision authority” to

determine a course of action

b. Confirmed Presence – A situation that may

be considered a significant threat. This

Page 411: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

411

shall also lead to a “decision authority”

designation to determine a course of action

c. Actual Release – An incident that may

constitute a complex emergency

• In the event the IC suspects or confirms an

incident to be terrorism based the IC shall (3)

a. Provide a radio size up

b. Request a Code “T” notification

c. Anticipate communications form the

LACoFD TEW representative

• A radio size up report should include (6)

a. Location by address or intersection

b. Incident type

c. Whether it is dynamic or static

d. Whether fire is involved

e. How many victims; their signs and

symptoms

f. Any special instructions: safe approach,

staging, PPE

• Before the LACoFD TEW representative makes

contact, the IC shall (3)

a. Gather as much information as is practical

Page 412: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

412

b. Take appropriate actions to protect

personnel and the public

c. Secure a landline or cellular telephone and

advise CCD of preferred communication

mode

• When the LACoFD TEW representative makes

contact, the IC shall (4)

a. Provide a report of general scene conditions

b. Advise what resources are on scene

c. Report on what actions have been taken

d. Seek technical assistance as necessary form

the LACoFD TEW representative

11.10.9 – CRISIS MANAGEMENT

05/05/05

Crisis Management encompasses measures to

identify, acquire, and plan the use of resources

needed to anticipate, prevent, and/or resolve a

threat or act of terrorism. This is predominately

a law enforcement response and, therefore, has

the ____ designated as the lead agency

FBI

Page 413: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

413

➢ The local office of the FBI has defined its role

as a “one stop shop” for the request and

coordination of Federal resources during a

terrorist event

• The Los Angeles Task Force on Terrorism

(LATFOT) is an interagency task force for the

________ Operational Area. It is coordinated

by the local office of the FBI with

representatives from other law enforcement

agencies.

Los Angeles County

• _________________ is a multi agency group of

specialist in health, fire, and law enforcement

whose job is to identify, analyze, and advise

response agencies and the government on any

terrorist activity or capability in the Los

Angeles County Operational Area

Terrorism Early Warning (TEW) Group

➢ The policy of the LACoFD is to provide for the

mitigation of threat and damage to life,

environment, and property while ensuring the

safety of Department personnel

Page 414: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

414

• The Los Angeles County Operational Area

Terrorism Response and Management Plan had

been prepared at the local level to affirm the

following two plans

a. Terrorism Incident Annex of the Federal

Response Plan – Presidential Decision

Directive 39

b. State Terrorism Annex established in the

California Master Mutual Aid Plan

Managed by the Governor’s Office of

Emergency Services (OES)

➢ Intelligence sharing and situation monitoring is

the responsibility of the TEW that is

coordinated through the Los Angeles County

Sheriffs Department (LASD), Emergency

Operations Bureau (EOB)

• Who will generally act as the point of contact

for obtaining routine mutual aid for terrorist

incidents

OES

Page 415: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

415

• The local office of the FBI shall be notified by

theTEW of all incidents or events involving

WMD when there is a/an (3)

a. Threatened Use

b. Confirmed Presence

c. Actual Release

➢ Threatened Use: Requires a threat evaluation

of a potential release. This review threat

information leads to the designation of a

“decision authority” to determine a course of

action. In the case of NBC threats, the Los

Angeles County Operational Area (OA)

decision authority lies with the Los Angeles

County Sheriff, as Director of Emergency

Operations

➢ Confirmed Presence: Requires a threat

evaluation of potential release and a designation

of decision authority to determine a course of

action. It is essential the TEW be notified via

CCD.

• Incident priorities for a potential or actual

terrorist incident include (5)

Page 416: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

416

1. Protection of life/health

2. Protection of the environment

3. Protection of the crime scene

4. Protection of property and equipment

5. Preservation of crime scene evidence

Page 417: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

417

➢ In the event of an actual release, the following

incident objectives shall be addressed in unified

command

a. Protect against secondary devices

b. Secure a perimeter and designate zones of

operation

c. Rescue, decontaminate, triage, and treat

affected persons

d. Avoid secondary contamination

e. Move uninvolved crowds/persons to safe

zones

f. Control and/or identify agent release

g. Protect the crime scene and preserve crime

scene evidence

h. Stabilize the incident

11.10.11 – METROPOLITAN INCIDENT

RESPONSE VEHICLE 05/05/05

➢ Code “T”: Department’s designation for a

terrorist response. This designation shall bring

forth added response and notification to the

TEW Terrorism Early Warning Group

Page 418: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

418

• Control Zones: The three zones are commonly

referred to as (3)

a. Exclusion (hot) zone

b. Contamination reduction (warm) zone

c. Support (cold) zone

• ____________(MIRV): A motorized

conveyance capable of providing materials and

equipment to support a MCMD at an

emergency incident, including terrorism

incidents

Metropolitan Incident Response Vehicle

• _____________(MCMD): A decontamination

process aimed at large numbers of victims

(greater than ten) from a significant destructive

event

Multi Casualty Mass Decontamination

• All administrative site supervisors housing the

MIRVs shall be responsible for (3)

a. The cleanliness, maintenance, and security

of the MIRV

Page 419: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

419

b. The enforcement of safety policies and

standard operating procedures regarding

MIRV operations

c. The security of the entire inventory assigned

to and within the MIRV’s

• The Operations Bureau Deputy Chiefs’

designee will facilitate all needs regarding the

MIRVs in collaboration with the

_____________

Homeland Security Coordinator

• When the MIRVs are included on any pre

planned IAP, the IC shall ensure that ___ copies

of the IAP are sent to the administrative sites at

which the MIRVs are housed

2

• The _____ shall be contacted immediately

whenever there is a changed of status of the

MIRVs and/or their equipment

Homeland Security Section

• A minimum of __ personnel from the battalion

responsible for the MIRV housed at an

Page 420: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

420

administrative site in that battalion shall be

assigned as attendants to the MIRVs

2

• When on scene the attendants shall report to the

_______ on scene

MCMD group supervisor

➢ The MIRV shall be located in the support zone

as near to the MCMD area of operation as is

safe and practical

• The MCMD group supervisor shall: (5)

a. Ensure the safe and appropriate location of

the MIRV at the incident and supervise the

attendants

b. Ensure the MCMD corridor (approx 100’ *

100’) is within the CRZ

c. Ensure the MCMD corridor provides the

best flow of decontaminated victims to the

Medical Group

d. Provide personnel to retrieve all equipment

and supplies appropriate for MCMD

Operations

Page 421: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

421

e. Provide personnel to help the MIRV

attendants reload the MIRV after the

incident

• In the event of a MIRV response the IC shall

(2)

a. Ensure that adequate space is allowed for

the placement of the MCMD operations

including the MIRV

b. Ensure appropriate numbers of emergency

personnel are on scene to operate MCMD

and MIRV

• When a MIRV is required component of a pre

plan (2)

a) A minimum of two personnel from the

_________ responsible for the MIRV

housed at an admin site in the battalion shall

be assigned as attendants

b) The IC shall ensure that the IAP pre plan

includes a staging location for the MIRV

outside the OPS area

c) The IC shall ensure the pre plan includes the

response of at least ___ engine company

strike teams to accompany the MIRV

Page 422: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

422

Battalion, 2

MIRV attendants shall (2)

a. remain with the MIRV units at all times

until the completion of the incident

b. Maintain a Unit Activity Log (ICS ___) and

complete a Form ___, as required

214, 662

• Strike Teams assigned to the MIRV shall (3)

a) Deploy the MCMD equipment and supplies

b) Erect the MCMD corridor in the CRZ

c) Manage decontamination operations

• MIRV Incident Response Vehicle Inventory

shall include (4)

a. Personal Protective Equipment

b. Communications

c. Tents and Equipment

d. Decontamination Equipment and Supplies

11.10.12 – MULTI CASUALTY INCIDENT

PROCEDURES 05/05/05

Page 423: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

423

The Department defines a MCI as any incident

generating __ to ____ casualties or more, or

____ or more Critical patients

5, 15, 5

➢ START: Simple Triage and Rapid Treatment

Page 424: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

424

• A terrorist may use a small conventional

explosive device laced with radioactive

materials. In this instance, first responders will

be forced to deal with four situations

simultaneously (4)

a. Bomb blast injuries

b. Radioactive contamination

c. Psychological harm

d. Personal contamination while performing

ones’ duties

• All sworn personnel have been trained in (4)

a. MCI

b. HazMat FRO responses

c. USAR

d. MCMD

➢ Technical/Specialist training has been given to

paramedics, HazMat and USAR task forces to

support first responders in their actions at a

terrorism driven MCI

➢ The first arriving company shall be responsible

for providing the initial size up, initiating the

Page 425: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

425

ICS, and taking the necessary actions

appropriate for the demands of the incident

• The ___ shall be responsible for the overall

coordination of Department operations with

command representatives from other agencies,

until the emergency has ended and order has

been restored

IC

• The ____ group, when activated, shall be

responsible for decon, and evaluation of same,

prior to directing or delivering victims to the

Medical Group for further triage, treatment and

transportation

MCMD

• The _______ shall be responsible for the

appropriate triage, treatment and transportation

of victims in the medical group area

Medical Group

______ shall provide complete assessment of

the immediate hazard when a CBRNE agent is

suspected or identified, provide the IC with

Page 426: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

426

technical assistance, and conduct coordinate

activities to minimize the effect of the hazard

on life and health the environment, and property

HMTF

• Who shall affect rescue in the exclusion zone

when it is not practical for FRO personnel to do

so

HMTF

➢ USAR companies shall provide the IC with

technical assistance and capabilities to conduct

and/or coordinate activities when an explosive

device or building collapse is involved

• ________ personnel shall provide the IC with

technical assistance and authority to identify,

mitigate, and remediate CBRNE hazards at

scene, recommend protective actions, and

evaluate the effectiveness of decontamination

Health HazMat Division (HHMD)

Page 427: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

427

• All sworn personnel shall, at a minimum, carry

what two items into rescues and non-apparent

HazMat incidents that may have the potential

for terrorist attack.

Air purifying respirators (APR)

One Mark I auto injector kit

• The first responder shall begin FRO procedures

involving (SIN) _________________. The first

responder shall begin steps to accomplish

gross/emergency decontamination of victims

SIN (Safety, Isolate and deny entry, and

make proper notifications)

INITIAL RESPONSE OPERATIONS

• Initial response Operations for the first arriving

Company Officer (5)

1. Conduct an initial size up

2. Initiate an operational retreat – full turnouts

– uphill, upwind, upstream

3. Begin emergency decontamination when

victims appear symptomatic

Page 428: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

428

4. Anticipate the resource needs to mitigate

event

5. MAC shall be activated through Command

and Control

• The size up report should include (5)

1. Location by address or intersection

2. Type of incident

3. Whether fire is involved

4. Estimation number of victims: signs and

symptoms

5. Any special instructions

When initial response personnel begin

emergency decontamination

a) Establish an exclusion zone and an isolate

and deny entry (IDE) line to contain victims

b) Establish an emergency decontamination

area

c) Establish a ______

Safe Refuge Area

• Who shall become the safe refuge area manager

firefighter

Page 429: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

429

• The first priority positions critical to the success

of an MCI are (3)

a. IC

b. Medical Communications Coordinator

c. Triage Unit Leader

➢ After the first priority positions have been

established, the following are additional

resources based on the demands to the incident

a. HMTF for hazardous materials

b. Health HazMat for hazardous materials

c. USAR for explosions/structural collapse

d. MCMD engine strike teams

• In the event that the first arriving company is

required to begin emergency decontamination,

command shall be passed to the ___________

Second arriving company officer

The first paramedic squad (PM) on scene shall:

(2)

1. Establish the Medical Communications

Coordinator to communicate with MAC

2. Triage Unit Leader (paramedic in charge of

pt assessment)

Page 430: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

430

• Medical Communication Leader shall establish

communication with MAC, and provide the

following info: (3)

1. Nature of Incident

2. Estimate number of patients and their triage

categories

3. Closest receiving hospitals (Use Form 62

Hospital Resource Availability)

• The paramedic in charge of patient assessment

shall assume initial triage unit responsibilities

and (4)

a. Make available the Department Multi

Casualty Kit

b. Develop an initial triage plan

c. Calculate the triage totals and inform IC

d. Coordinate the movement of the patients

from the triage area, or the emergency

decon area when established, to either a

treatment area or a safe refuge area after

emergency decon has been rendered

• In the event victims are contaminated, triage

shall be initiated first in the emergency decon

Page 431: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

431

area and again after decontamination has been

completed prior to treatment in the

____________

Support zone

• When decontamination is necessary, patients

shall be decontaminated and evaluated by (3)

a. Department personnel

b. MMRS-TF

c. NMRT

➢ The IC shall

a. Determine response organization level

b. Be responsible for all command and general

staff responsibilities until additional

resources arrive

c. Assign positions of responsibility by

priority

d. Request from CCD

e. Establish Staging and check in, and assign

management to each

f. Establish an inner perimeter control and

request law enforcement to establish an

outer perimeter

Page 432: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

432

• The IC shall use the ___________ worksheet –

Form ___

Multi-Casualty Incident Command, 59

➢ The IC shall assign positions of responsibility

by priority

a) First Priority

Medical communications coordinator

Triage Unit Leader

Emergency decon manager, when

applicable

b) Second Priority

Ground ambulance coordinator

Triage personnel

Litter teams

Medical group supervisor

Treatment unit leader

Staging manager

MCMD group supervisor, when

applicable

Page 433: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

433

c) Third Priority

Command Staff

OSC

Multi casualty branch director

Air ops Branch director

Pt Transportation group supervisor

Air ambulance coordinator

Treatment dispatch manager

Treatment managers

Medical supply officer

Morgue manager

• The IC shall request from CCD the following

(3)

a) Communication Plan

b) Medical caches

c) Additional resources per Form 59 MCI

worksheet

• There are three main levels of triage performed

in the field they are:

1. Primary- The rapid patient assessment and

tagging

Page 434: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

434

2. Secondary-The sorting of patients for

medical treatment as that treatment is

available

3. Tertiary- The evaluation of the patients

relevant to resources, transportation, and

available medical facilities

There are four color coded triage classifications

or patients, based on the severity or need for

treatment during initial triage

a) Immediate (Red): Patients requiring rapid

assessment and medical intervention for

survival

b) Delayed (Yellow): Patients who require

aid, but their injuries are less severe than

immediate

c) Minor (Green): Patients who need only

simple rudimentary first aid (walking

wounded)

d) Deceased (Black): Those who have died or

are not expected to survive even with ALS

intervention. These victims are also termed

expectant or non-salvageable

Page 435: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

435

➢ Under START, all victims who are able to walk

on their own are directed by the first responder

to a designated area upwind and uphill of the

hazardous area. If a chemical or radiological

agent contamination is suspected, that area

should be emergency decon. area and victims

shall be directed to self decon before being

directed to a safe refuge area

➢ Biological agent contamination usually will not

require gross decontamination

• Under START, If there is no suspicion of

contamination, then these victims shall be held

in a safe refuge are for further assessment.

These victims shall be triage tagged as

_________ (Green Label)

Minor

• Terrorist attacks using NBC weapons may

produce great numbers of victims. Past

incidents have identified many victims

suffering from __________ ailments as a result

of stress induced by the terrorist attack.

psychosomatic

Page 436: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

436

• Psychosomatic victims should be transported to

a ___________, where they can be observed by

medical personnel for worsening conditions and

defused by Crisis Intervention Teams

Casualty Collection Point (CCP)

Page 437: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

437

• The START system should take no more than

______ minute per patient

one

• The START system shall focus on three

primary areas (RPM)

a) Respiratory

b) Perfusion/pulse

c) Mental Status

• As the responder moves through each level of

assessment, any condition that is deemed

immediate (red tag) stops the evaluation

process. Life threatening injuries will be

addressed during _____ triage

Primary

• Respiratory Status: If the patient is breathing

adequately, the triage personnel move on to the

next step. If ventilation is inadequate, the triage

personnel attempts to clear the airway by either

repositioning the victim or clear debris from the

patient’s mouth. If the attempts are

unsuccessful, the victim is classified as follows:

Page 438: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

438

1. No respiratory effort – Expectant (black tag)

2. Respirations greater than __-/min or needs

help maintaining an airway – Immediate

(red tag)

3. Normal respirations – Go to next step

30

• Perfusion and pulse: The initial evaluation is

determined by measuring the patient’s capillary

refill

1. Normal capillary refill: less than two

seconds – proceed to next step

2. Blood return delayed: greater then two

seconds – immediate (red tag)

3. If unable to obtain capillary refill evaluation

due to patient color or lighting check redial

pulse

a) No radial pulse – immediate (red tag)

b) Radial pulse is present assume BP is ___

and proceed to next step

80

• Neurological Status – The final assessment.

Depending on the level of consciousness, the

following action is taken:

Page 439: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

439

1. Unconscious – Immediate (red tag)

2. Altered level of consciousness – Immediate

(red tag)

3. Change in mental status – immediate (red

tag)

4. Normal mental responses – Delayed

__________. Move on to the next victim

(yellow tag)

ADDITIONAL TRIAGE CONSIDERATIONS

➢ Biological – Victims rarely exhibit signs and

symptoms at the time of incident

➢ Chemical – Nerve, Mustard, Cyanide, and

Choking Agents

• Nerve Agents: Sarin, Soman, Tabun and VX

1. Immediate (red tag)

a. A casualty who is in severe respiratory

distress with spontaneous breathing or one

who has been apneic for less then ____

minutes

b. Unconscious or convulsive casualties or

those with major disorder of ___ or more

bodily functions (SLUDGE)

Page 440: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

440

c. Rapid intervention for these patients will

result in an improved outcome.

Immediate tx should include antidote

administration and bag value mask

Page 441: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

441

2. Delayed (yellow)

a. In primary triage – that which is rapid -

those not showing signs of nerve agent

will be categorized as delayed in favor of

those who are due to the availability of tx

supplies.

b. In secondary triage mode – that which

occurs at a tx area – the delayed category

is assigned to pt’s recovering from

exposure after treatment who are

conscious and have improved respiratory

status

3. Minor (green tag) – Walking and talking

and possess intact breathing and circulation

4. Deceased/Expectant (black tag) casualties

are those who have been apneic for more

than ___ minutes, without a pulse or blood

pressure

Five, Two, Five

Mustard agents

1. Immediate (red tag) – For patients

exhibiting moderate to severe pulmonary

distress and exhibiting chemical burns of

Page 442: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

442

___ to ___ body surface area (BSA) and/or

eye involvement

2. Delayed (yellow tag) – For most mustard

agent casualties. These are casualties with

chemical burns of ___ to ___ BSA or eye

involvement.

3. Minor (green tag) – For those casualties

with chemical burns of less the ___ BSA

4. Deceased/Expectant (black tag) For those

casualties with chemical burns greater than

50% BSA and/or respiration or pulse

5% to 50%, 5% to 50%, 5%

• Cyanides

1. Immediate (red tag) – Casualties with

convulsions (__seconds after acute

exposure), respiratory arrest (__-__ minutes

after acute exposure)

2. Delayed (yellow tag) – Casualties with

lower dose exposure exhibiting headaches,

dizziness, nausea, vomiting and

hyperventilation.

3. Minor (green tag) – Casualties exposed with

no apparent signs and symptoms

Page 443: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

443

4. Deceased/Expectant (black tag) – Casualties

that are dead after __ - __ minutes or acute

exposure

30, 3-5, 6 – 10

• Choking agents: phosgene and chlorine

1. Immediate (red tag) – Those who develop

non cardiac pulmonary edema with ___

hours after exposure and an intensive care

unit (ICU) is readily available

2. Delayed (yellow tag) – Those who develop

a cough and dyspnea after __ hours of

exposure. There is a chance that these

patients will develop pulmonary edema

3. Minor (green tag) – Casualties exposed with

no apparent signs and symptoms

4. Deceased/Expectant (black tag) – Those

who develop non cardiac pulmonary edema

with __ hours after exposure and an ICU is

not available

Six, Six, Six

• Radiological

1. Immediate (red tag) – Patients with

traumatic injuries severe burns to the face

Page 444: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

444

and upper respiratory tract and difficulty

breathing due to mechanical problems

2. Delayed (yellow tag) – Victims with

traumatic injuries that are not life

threatening, second and third degree burns

less than __ of body surface area (BSA)

3. Minor (green tag) – Victims with burns less

than __ of BSA, but not involving critical

areas of the body or if victim had received

short term ionizing radiation of 100 to 150

radioactive absorb dose (rad)

4. Deceased/Expectant (black tag) – Victims

having severe burns greater than __ of BSA.

Lethal dose with signs and symptoms.

25%, 10%, 30%

Page 445: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

445

The multi casualty kit contains (4)

1. 12 packets containing position vest with

responsibility cards

2. I.C.S. forms with clipboards

3. 50 Triage Tags

4. Four 16’*20’ disposal tarps

a) RED: Immediate or critical

b) YELLOW: Delayed

c) GREEN: Minor Walking wounded

d) BLACK: Deceased/expectant

• Each tarp is design to except ____ patients

10

Page 446: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

446

11.10.13 – BIOLOGICAL DETECTION

SYSTEM 2/08/08

➢ Purpose is to provide Department personnel

with information and procedures on the

response to a Biological Detection System

(BDS) alarm activation at United States Postal

Service (USPS) facilities.

• Anthrax: There are three forms of

contamination:

1) cutaneous or skin contact infection,

resulting in black, ulcerative skin lesions

2) alimentary or intestinal infection, leading

to serious flu-like symptoms

3) pulmonary or airborne (respiratory)

infection, causing chest pain and shortness

of breath.

• The respiratory form of Anthrax is the most

severe, leading to a ___% death rate within a

short number of days.

90

Page 447: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

447

• The United States Postal Service (USPS) has

installed (BDS) systems at postal annexes

called ________

USPS Processing and Distribution Centers

Page 448: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

448

• At this time, the only biological agent

detectable by the BDS is Bacillus anthracis

(_____). Upon detection of anthrax, the BDS

will trigger an alarm and automatically shut

down the mail-processing machine. Staff

alerted by the alarm will then implement their

facility’s evacuation and decontamination plans

anthrax

• _______________ (HAZWOPER): Employees

trained and equipped to respond to, provide

corrective actions, and clean-up hazardous

substances

Hazardous Waste Operations and

Emergency Response

• _______________ (USPIS): The primary law

enforcement arm of the USPS. It protects the

USPS, its employees, and its customers from

criminal attack.

United States Postal Inspection Service

➢ The first arriving company is responsible for

providing the initial size-up, initiating the

Page 449: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

449

Incident Command System (ICS), and taking

the necessary actions appropriate for the

demands of the incident.

➢ The Incident Commander (IC) is responsible

for the overall coordination of the Incident

Action Plan (IAP) and coordination with

command representatives from other agencies

until the emergency has ended and order has

been restored.

• Hazardous Materials Task Force (HMTF)

personnel are responsible for providing the IC

with technical assistance and coordinating

activities with the ___________ teams to

minimize the effect of the hazards to life, the

environment, and property.

USPIS HAZWOPER

➢ HHMD personnel are responsible for

providing the IC with technical assistance and

coordinating activities with the USPIS

HAZWOPER teams to minimize the effect of

the hazards to life, the environment, and

property.

Page 450: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

450

➢ The USPIS HAZWOPER teams are

responsible for entry, recon, sample collection,

and sample delivery to the Laboratory Response

Network (LRN) facility for testing.

• The ____- agent and the ___ will be responsible

for security of the postal facility.

USPIS, FBI

➢ It is the policy of the Los Angeles County

Fire Department to provide cooperative

coordination with the appropriate Federal

authorities at a BDS response at any of the

United States Postal Service Processing and

Distribution Centers (USPS P&DC). All sworn

personnel shall follow standard operating

procedures in Standards in Emergency Medical

Services (EMS), pre-hospital care, first

responder operational, emergency response to

terrorism, and Multi-Casualty Mass

Decontamination (MCMD) training.

• When a BDS activation has occurred,

Department personnel shall concentrate their

efforts on: (4)

Page 451: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

451

1) Establishing unified command with

USPS.

2) Ensuring decontamination of USPS

employees outside the facility.

3) Providing (BLS/ALS) for any persons at

the facility requiring treatment prior to

medical transport.

4) Investigating and notifying the Health

Department of any public exposure.

• The affected USPS facility shall be treated as a

crime scene and under the jurisdiction of the

___

FBI.

➢ Except for life safety issues, the FBI requires

that in the event of a BDS activation incident at

a USPS facility, no entries are to be made by

any Department personnel without the direction

of the FBI or the USPIS officer.

• The primary objective at the scene of a BDS

alarm incident is to provide MCMD to the

USPS employees that could number as high as

___ persons.

Page 452: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

452

700

➢ When a BDS alarm has been activated USPS

employees are directed to notify CCD.

➢ Upon arrival, the first-in company officer shall

contact the on-site USPS representative to:

1. Confirm that a BDS alarm activation has

occurred.

2. Communicate to CCD a follow-up report.

3. Establish unified command.

4. Determine the need for additional

resources.

5. Locate and identify the exclusion,

contamination reduction, and support zones.

6. Establish the area for decon corridors.

7. Secure the USPS civilian modesty

garments.

8. Direct incoming units to the MCMD site.

➢ All company officers shall:

1. Provide for firefighter safety.

2. Ensure that appropriate personal protective

equipment is worn.

3. Support the incident appropriately per the

IC.

Page 453: firstinstudyguide.com...VOLUME 11 2019 © TIM FORDHAM 3 CHAPTER 1 – WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11.1.1-WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING 11/01/94 • The first arriving Company Officer is responsible

VOLUME 11

2019 © TIM FORDHAM

453

➢ The IC shall consider the following:

1. Establish unified command with the USPS.

2. Determine the need for BLS/ALS

intervention.

3. Initiate a Code T for notifications.

4. Initiate a MCMD group as needed.

5. Set up the MCMD corridor as needed.

6. Manage the MCMD operations.

7. Demobilize and terminate the MCMD

operations.

➢ Hazardous Materials response coordination will

be led by the USPIS

• ___________ teams shall extract the evidence

for LRN testing.

USPIS HAZWOPER

• USPIS HAZWOPER personnel may request the

Department’s ____ personnel to “back-up” their

entry and/or provide responder decon.

HMTF